p139 en M Bma 614-617-632 Vol 2

MiCOM P139
Feeder Management and Bay Control P139/EN M/Bma

Version P139 P139 P139 P139 P139 P139 P139 -307 -308 -308 -308 -309 -308 -309 -411/412/413 -414/415/416 -414/415/416 -414/415/416 -414/415/416 -414/415/416 -414/415/416 -614 -630 -615 -616 -631 -617 -632
Technical Manual
Content P139/EN M/Ea8 P139/EN AD/Bk9 P139/EN AD/Ab9 P139/EN AD/Ac9 P139/EN AD/Bka P139/EN AD/Ad9 P139/EN AD/Ama (-614) (-630) (-615) (-616) (-631) (-617) (-632)
Volume 2 of 2
MiCOM P139
Feeder Management and Bay Control P139/EN M/Ea8 (AFSV.12.10172 D)
Version P139 -307 -411/412/413 -614
Technical Manual Volume 2 of 2
Appendix
A Glossary B Signal List C List of Bay Types D Overview of Changes
Terminal Connection Diagrams: See Volume 1, Chapter 5 Installation and Connection.
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614
AN-1
Appendix
(continued)
A A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 B B1 B2 B 2.1 B 2.1.1 B 2.1.2 B 2.1.3 B 2.1.4 B 2.1.5 B3 B 3.1 B 3.1.1 B 3.1.1.1 B 3.1.1.2 B 3.1.1.3 B 3.1.2 B 3.1.3 B 3.1.3.1 B 3.1.3.2 B 3.1.3.3 B 3.1.3.3.1 B 3.1.3.3.2 B 3.1.3.3.3 B 3.1.3.3.4 B 3.1.3.3.5 B 3.1.3.3.6 B 3.1.3.3.7 B 3.1.3.3.8 B 3.1.3.4 B 3.1.3.4.1 B 3.1.3.4.2 B 3.1.3.4.3 B 3.1.3.5 B 3.1.3.6 C D
Glossary Function Groups Modules Symbols Examples of Signal Names Symbols used List of Signals Internal Signal Names Telecontrol Interface per EN 60870-5-101 or IEC 870-5-101 (Companion Standard) Interoperability Network Configuration (Network-Specific Parameters) Physical Layer (Network-Specific Parameters) Link Layer (Network-Specific Parameters) Application Layer Basic Application Functions Communication Interface per IEC 60870-5-103 Interoperability Physical Layer Electrical Interface Optical Interface Transmission Rate Link Layer Application Layer Transmission Mode for Application Data Common Address of ASDU Selection of Standard Information Numbers in Monitor Direction System Functions in Monitor Direction Status Indications in Monitor Direction Monitoring Signals (Supervision Indications) in Monitor Direction Earth Fault Indications in Monitor Direction Fault Indications in Monitor Direction Auto-Reclosure Indications in Monitor Direction Measurands in Monitor Direction Generic Functions in Monitor Direction Selection of Standard Information Numbers in Control Direction System Functions in Control Direction General Commands in Control Direction Generic Functions in Control Direction Basic Application Functions Miscellaneous List of Bay Types Overview of Changes
A-1 A-1 A-2 A-3 A-10 A-11 B-1 B-1 B-6 B-6 B-6 B-7 B-8 B-19 B-15 B-18 B-18 B-18 B-18 B-18 B-18 B-19 B-19 B-19 B-19 B-19 B-19 B-20 B-21 B-22 B-23 B-25 B-25 B-26 B-27 B-27 B-27 B-28 B-29 B-29 C-1 D-1
AN-2
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614
Appendix A - Glossary
A1
Function Groups
ARC: Auto-reclosing control ASC: Automatic synchronism check CBF: Circuit breaker failure protection CBM: Circuit Breaker Monitoring CMD_1: Single-pole commands COMM1: Communication interface 1 COMM2: Communication interface 2 COMM3: Communication interface 3 COUNT: Binary counts DEV01: to DEV10: External device 01 to External device 10 DTOC: Definite-time overcurrent protection DVICE: Device f<>: Over-/underfrequency protection FT_DA: Fault data acquisition FT_RC: Fault recording GF_DA: Ground fault data acquisition GF_RC: Ground fault recording GFDSS: Ground fault direction determination using steady-state values GOOSE: Generic Object Oriented Substation Event GSSE: IEC Generic Substation Status Events I2>: Unbalance protection IDMT1:, IDMT2: Inverse-time overcurrent protection IEC: IEC 61850 Communication ILOCK: Interlocking logic INP: Binary input IRIGB: IRIG-B interface LED: LED indicators LIMIT: Limit value monitoring LOC: Local control panel LOGIC: Logic MAIN: Main function MCMON: Measuring-circuit monitoring MEASI: Measured data input MEASO: Measured data output MP: Motor protection MT_RC: Monitoring signal recording OL_DA: Overload data acquisition OL_RC: Overload recording OP_RC: Operating data recording OUTP: Binary outputs P<>: Power directional protection PC: PC link PSIG: Protective signaling PSS: Parameter subset selection SCDD: Short-circuit direction determination SFMON: Self-monitoring SIG_1: Single-pole signals SOTF: Switch on to fault protection TGFD: Transient ground fault direction determination THERM: Thermal overload protection V<>: Time-voltage protection
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614
A-1
(continued)
A2
A: B: L: P: T: V: X: Y:
Modules
Communication module Bus module Local control module Processor module Transformer module Power supply module Binary I/O module Analog I/O module
A-2
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614
(continued)
A3
Symbols
Graphic symbols for block diagrams Binary elements according to DIN 40900 Part 12, September 1992, IEC 617-12: amended 1991 Analog information processing according to DIN 40900 Part 13, January 1981 To document the linking of analog and binary signals, additional symbols have been used, taken from several DIN documents. As a rule, direction of the signal flow is from left to right and from top to bottom. Other flow directions are marked by an arrow. Input signals are listed on the left side of the signal flow, output signals on the right side. Symbol Description To obtain more space for representing a group of related elements, contours of the elements may be joined or cascaded if the following rules are met:
There is no functional linkage between elements whose common contour line is oriented in the signal flow direction. Note: This rule does not necessarily apply to configurations with two or more signal flow directions, such as for symbols with a control block and an output block. There exists at least one logical link between elements whose common contour line runs perpendicularly to the signal flow direction. Components of a symbol A symbol consists of a contour or contour combination and one or more qualifiers.
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614
A-3
(continued)
Symbol
Description Control block A control block contains an input function common to several symbols. It is used for the collective setting of several trigger elements, for example.
Output block An output block contains an output function common to several symbols.
MAIN: Inom Device [ 010 003 ] D5Z08X5B
Settable control block The 6 digits in square brackets represent the address under which the function shown in the text is implemented. Settable control block with function blocks The digits in the function block show the settings that are possible for this function. The text below the symbol assigns the corresponding unit or meaning to each setting.
MAIN: Inom Device [ 010 003 ] 1.0 5.0 1.0: 1.0 A 5.0: 5.0 A D5Z08X6B
A-4
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614
(continued)
Symbol
Description Static input Only the state of the binary input variable is effective.
Dynamic input Only the transition from value 0 to value 1 is effective.
Negation of an output The value up to the border line is negated at the output.
Negation of an input The input value is negated before the border line.
Dynamic input with negation Only the transition from value 1 to value 0 is effective.
AND element The output variable will be 1 only if all input variables are 1. OR element The output variable will be 1 only if at least one input variable is 1. Threshold element The output variable will be 1 only if at least two input variables are 1. The number in the symbol may be replaced by any other number. (m out of n) element The output variable will be 1 only if just one input variable is 1. The number in the symbol may be replaced by any other number if the number of inputs is increased or decreased accordingly.
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614
A-5
(continued)
Symbol
Description Delay element The transition from value 0 to 1 at the output occurs after a time delay of t1 relative to the corresponding transition at the input. The transition from value 1 to 0 at the output occurs after a time delay of t2 relative to the corresponding transition at the input. t1 and t2 may be replaced by the actual delay values (in seconds or strobe ticks). Monostable flip-flop The output variable will be 1 only if the input variable changes to 1. The output variable will remain 1 for 100 ms, independent of the duration of the input value 1 (non-retriggerable). Without a 1 in the function block the monostable flipflop is retriggerable. The time is 100 ms in this example, but it may be changed to any other duration. Analog-digital converter An analog input signal is converted to a binary signal.
Subtractor The output variable is the difference between the two input variables. A summing element is obtained by changing the minus sign to a plus sign at the symbol input. Schmitt Trigger with binary output signal The binary output variable will be 1 if the input signal exceeds a specific threshold. The output variable remains 1 until the input signal drops below the threshold again. Memory, general Storage of a binary or analog signal.
A-6
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614
(continued)
Symbol
Description Non-stable flip-flop When the input variable changes to 1, a pulse sequence is generated at the output. The ! to the left of the G indicates that the pulse sequence starts with the input variable transition (synchronized start). If there is a ! to the right of the G, the pulse sequence ends with the ending of the 1 signal at the input (synchronized stop). Amplifier The output variable is 1 only if the input variable is also 1. Band pass filter The output only transmits the 50 Hz component of the input signals. All other frequencies (above and below 50 Hz) are attenuated. Counter At the + input the input variable transitions from 0 to 1 are counted and stored in the function block. At the R(eset) input a transition of the input variable from 0 to 1 resets the counter to 0. Electromechanical drive in general, here a relay, for example.
Signal level converter with electrical isolation between input and output. L+ = pos. voltage input L- = neg. voltage input U1 = device identifier
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614
A-7
(continued)
Symbol
Description Input transformer with phase and item identifiers (according to DIN EN 60445) Phase identifiers for current inputs: for A: A1 and A2 for B: B1 and B2 for C: C1 and C2 for N: N1 and N2 Phase identifiers for voltage inputs via transformer 1: for A: 1U for B: 1V for C: 1W for N: 1N via transformer 2: for A: 2U for B: 2V Item identifiers for current transformers: for A: T1 for B: T2 for C: T3 for N: T4 for voltage transformer 1: for A: T5 for B: T6 for C: T7 for N: T8 for VG-N transformer: T90 for voltage transformer 2: for A: T15 Change-over contact with item identifier
Special symbol Output relay in normally-energized arrangement (closed-circuit operation).
A-8
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614
(continued)
Symbol
Description PC interface with pin connections
Multiplier The output variable is the result of the multiplication of the two input variables.
Divider The output variable is the result of the division of the two input variables.
Comparator The output variable becomes 1 only if the input variable(s) are equal to the function in the function block. Formula block The output variable becomes 1 only if the input variable(s) satisfy the equation in the function block
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614
A-9
(continued)
A4
Examples of Signal Names
All settings and signals relevant for protection are shown in the block diagrams of Chapter 3 as follows: Signal Name FT_RC: Fault recording n
305 100
Description Internal signal names are not coded by a data model address. In the block diagrams they are marked with a diamond. The small figure underneath the signal name represents a code that is irrelevant to the user. The internal signal names used and their origins are listed in Appendix B. Signal names coded by a data model address are represented by their address (shown in square brackets). Their origin is given in Chapters 7 and 8. A specific setting to be used later on is shown with its signal name, address, and the setting preceded by the setting arrow.
DIST: VNG>> triggered [ 036 015 ] MAIN: General reset [ 003 002 ] 1: Execute
A-10
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614
(continued)
A5
Symbol t V V I I Z
Z
Symbols Used
Meaning Time duration Voltage, potential difference Complex voltage Electrical current Complex current Complex impedance Modulus of complex impedance Frequency Temperature in C Sum, result Unit of electrical resistance Angle Phase angle. With subscripts: specific angle between a defined current and a defined voltage. Time constant Temperature difference in K
f T
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614
A-11
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614
A-12
Appendix B - List of signals
B 1 Internal Signal Names Internal signal names are not coded by an external address. In the block diagrams they are marked with a diamond. Internal Signal Names ARC: Block/reset HSR ARC: Block/reset TDR ARC: Close request ARC: HSR not permitted ARC: HSR trip t. elapsed ARC: Starting GFDSS ARC: TDR not permitted ARC: TDR trip t. elapsed ASC: AC active for DEV01 ASC: Active ASC: Clos.rej. w. block ASC: Close enable DEV01 AC ASC: Close enable w. block ASC: Gen. close request ASC: Manual close request ASC: Sel. meas. loop PG ASC: Test ASC: VMeas CBM: Internal trip cmd. COMM1: Communication error COMM1: Debounced signal COMM1: Selected protocol DEV01: Close cmd. rejection DEV01: Close request DEV01: Enable BI Close DEV01: Enable BI Open DEV01: Enable SI Close DEV01: Enable SI Open DEV01: End close command DEV01: End open command DEV01: Latching time elaps. DEV01: Latching time runn.
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614
Figure 3-168 3-168 3-170 3-170 3-162, 3-164, 3-165 3-166, 3-167 3-165 3-170 3-163, 3-164, 3-165, 3-166, 3-167 3-185 3-178 3-178 3-185 3-178 3-179 3-179 3-176 3-179 3-176 3-267 3-11, 3-12, 3-13, 3-14, 3-15, 3-16 3-43 3-10 3-298 3-297 3-299 3-299 3-298 3-298 3-302 3-302 3-297 3-297 B-1

(continued)
Internal Signal Names DEV01: Open cmd. rejection DEV01: Open request DEV01: Protect. close cmd. DEV01: Protection trip cmd. DEV01: Start runn.time mon. DEV01: Switch. device runn. DTOC: IN DTOC: Pulse prolong. runn. DTOC: Starting A DTOC: Starting B DTOC: Starting C DTOC: Starting N DTOC: t2 N f<>: fMeas f<>: No. periods reached f<>: VMeas FT_DA: IA-kG FT_DA: IB-kG FT_DA: IC-kG FT_DA: IkG FT_DA: Output fault locat. FT_DA: Output meas. values GFDSS: Direction BS GFDSS: Direction LS GFDSS: IN filtered GFDSS: IN> triggered GFDSS: Op. delay IN elapsed GFDSS: Oper.delay Y(N)> elaps GFDSS: P GFDSS: Q GFDSS: VNG GFDSS: VNG filtered GFDSS: VNG> triggered
Figure 3-298 3-297 3-300 3-300 3-305 3-302 3-122 3-125 3-118 3-118 3-118 3-123 3-125 3-238 3-238 3-237 3-109 3-109 3-109 3-109 3-108 3-108 3-190, 3-196 3-190, 3-196 3-194 3-194 3-194 3-200 3-190, 3-196 3-190, 3-196 3-189 3-190, 3-196 3-190
B-2
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Internal Signal Names IDMT: IN IDMT: Starting A IDMT: Starting B IDMT: Starting C IDMT1: ARC Starting Iref,N> IDMT1: ARC Starting Iref,P> LOC: Remote & Local LOC: Return time select act. MAIN: Block start. signal MAIN: Block tim.st. IN,neg MAIN: Block. 1 sel.functions MAIN: Block. 2 sel.functions MAIN: Customized bay type MAIN: Direct motor control MAIN: End command MAIN: General starting int. MAIN: Imeas MAIN: Inrush stabil. trigg MAIN: Internal CB open EXT MAIN: Protection active MAIN: Reset LED MAIN: Sel. meas. loop A-B MAIN: Sel. meas. loop A-G MAIN: Sel. meas. loop B-C MAIN: Sel. meas. loop B-G MAIN: Sel. meas. loop C-A MAIN: Sel. meas. loop C-G MAIN: Sel. meas. loop PG MAIN: Sel. meas. loop PP MAIN: Start. I>,kIref,P> MAIN: Starting A int. MAIN: Starting B int. MAIN: Starting C int. MAIN: Starting Ineg MAIN: Starting N int.
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614
Figure 3-137 3-133 3-133 3-133 3-139 3-134 3-8 3-2 3-73 3-73 3-66 3-66 3-46 3-46 3-305 3-74 3-110 3-64 3-268 3-61 3-85 3-110 3-110 3-110 3-110 3-110 3-110 3-110 3-110 3-74 3-73 3-73 3-73 3-73 3-73 B-3

(continued)
Internal Signal Names MAIN: Time tag MAIN: Vmeas MEASO: Enable MEASO: Reset meas.val.outp. MP: Block. replica THERM MP: IP,max r.m.s./Iref MP: IStUp> MP: Machine stopped MP: St. kP*Iref>/Istup> P<>: P P<>: PP<>: P+ P<>: Q P<>: QP<>: Q+ SCDD: VNG SCDD: Block. direct. tI> SCDD: Block. direct. tI>> SCDD: Block. direct. tIN> SCDD: Block. direct. tIN>> SCDD: Block. direct. tIref,N> SCDD: Block. direct. tIref,P> SCDD: Determin. N enabled SCDD: Determin. P enabled SCDD: Phase curr.stage bl. SCDD: Resid. curr.stage bl. SOTF: ARC block. by close cm TGFD: Direction BS TGFD: Direction LS TGFD: Hardware fault TGFD: IN,p> triggered TGFD: Reset signal TGFD: VNG TGFD: VNG> (f0) triggered TGFD: VNG> triggered B-4
Figure 3-84 3-110 3-36 3-37 3-215 3-210 3-215 3-215 3-210 3-242 3-242 3-242 3-242 3-242 3-242 3-148a 3-146 3-146 3-150 3-150 3-150 3-146 3-148a 3-144 3-144 3-148a 3-152 3--204 3--204 3-202 3--204 3-206 3--203 3--204 3--204
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Internal Signal Names THERM: Block. by CTA error THERM: I THERM: With CTA V<>: Vneg V<>: VNG V<>: Vpos
Figure 3-221 3-223 3-221 3-231 3-234 3-231
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614
B-5

(continued)
B2
Telecontrol Interface per EN 60870-5-101 or IEC 870-5-101 (Companion Standard)
This section incorporates Section 8 of EN 60870-5-101 (1996), which includes a general definition of the telecontrol interface for substation control systems. B 2.1 Interoperability This application-based standard (companion standard) specifies parameter sets and other options from which subsets are to be selected in order to implement specific telecontrol systems. Certain parameters such as the number of bytes (octets) in the COMMON ADDRESS of the ASDU are mutually exclusive. This means that only one value of the defined parameter is allowed per system. Other parameters, such as the listed set of different process information in the command and monitor direction, permit definition of the total number or of subsets that are suitable for the given application. This section combines the parameters given in the previous sections in order to facilitate an appropriate selection for a specific application. If a system is made up of several system components supplied by different manufacturers, then it is necessary for all partners to agree on the selected parameters. The boxes for the selected parameters should be checked. 1 Note: The overall definition of a system may also require individual selection of certain parameters for specific parts of a system such as individual selection of scaling factors for individually addressable measured values.
B 2.1.1 Network Configuration (Network-Specific Parameters) x x Point-to-point configuration Multiple point-to-point configuration x Multipoint-party line configuration Multipoint-star configuration
See National Preface of EN 60870-5-101.

P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614
B-6

(continued)
B 2.1.2
Physical Layer 2 (Network-Specific Parameters)
Transmission Rate (Control Direction) 3 Unbalanced interface V.24/V.28 Standardized 100 bit/s 200 bit/s 300 bit/s x x 600 bit/s 1,200 bit/s Unbalanced interface V.24/V.28 Recommended with > 1 200 bit/s x x x 2,400 bit/s 4,800 bit/s 9,600 bit/s 2,400 bit/s 4,800 bit/s 9,600 bit/s 19,200 bit/s 38,400 bit/s 56,000 bit/s 64,000 bit/s Balanced interface X.24/X.27
Transmission Rate (Monitor Direction) 2 Unbalanced interface V.24/V.28 Standardized 100 bit/s 200 bit/s 300 bit/s x x 600 bit/s 1,200 bit/s Unbalanced interface V.24/V.28 Recommended with > 1 200 bit/s x x x 2,400 bit/s 4,800 bit/s 9,600 bit/s 2,400 bit/s 4,800 bit/s 9,600 bit/s 19,200 bit/s 38 400 bit/s 56,000 bit/s 64,000 bit/s Balanced interface X.24/X.27
2 3
See National Preface of EN 60870-5-101. The transmission rates for control direction and monitor direction must be identical. B-7
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
B 2.1.3
Link Layer 4(Network-Specific Parameters)
Frame format FT 1.2, single character 1, and the fixed time-out interval are used exclusively in this companion standard. Link Transmission Procedure x Balanced transmission Address Field of the Link x Not present (balanced transmission only) x Unbalanced transmission x One octet x Two octets 5 Frame Length 240 Maximum length L (number of octets) x Structured x Unstructured
4 5
See National Preface of EN 60870-5-101. Balanced only.

P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614
B-8

(continued)
B 2.1.4
Application Layer6
Transmission mode for application data Mode 1 (least significant octet first), as defined in clause 4.10 of IEC 870-5-4, is used exclusively in this companion standard. Common Address of ASDU (System-Specific Parameter) x One octet Information Object Address (System-Specific Parameter) x One octet x Two octets x Three octets Cause of Transmission (System-Specific Parameter) x One octet x Two octets (with originator address) x Structured x Unstructured x Two octets 1
See National Preface of EN 60870-5-101. B-9
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Selection of Standard ASDUs Process Information in Monitor Direction (Station-Specific Parameter) x x x x x x x x x x x x <1> <2> <3> <4> <5> <6> <7> <8> <9> <10> <11> <12> <13> <14> x x <15> <16> = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = Single-point information Single-point information with time tag Double-point information Double-point information with time tag Step position information Step position information with time tag Bit string of 32 bit Bit string of 32 bit with time tag Measured value, normalized value Measured value, normalized value with time tag Measured value, scaled value Measured value, scaled value with time tag Measured value, short floating point value Measured value, short floating point value with time tag Integrated totals Integrated totals with time tag M_SP_NA_1 M_SP_TA_1 M_DP_NA_1 M_DP_TA_1 M_ST_NA_1 M_ST_TA_1 M_BO_NA_1 M_BO_TA_1 M_ME_NA_1 M_ME_TA_1 M_ME_NB_1 M_ME_TB_1 M_ME_NC_1 M_ME_TC_1 M_IT_NA_1 M_IT_TA_1
B-10
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
x x x
<17> <18> <19> <20> <21>
= = = = =
Event of protection equipment with time tag Packed start events of protection equipment with time tag Packed output circuit information of protection equipment with time tag Packed single-point information with status change detection Measured value, normalized value without quality descriptor
M_EP_TA_1 ME_EP_TB_1 M_EP_TC_1 M_PS_NA_1 M_ME_ND_1
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614
B-11

(continued)
Process Information in Monitor Direction 7 (Station-Specific Parameter) x x x <45> <46> <47> <48> <49> <50> <51> = = = = = = = Single command Double command Regulating step command Set point command, normalized value Set point command, scaled value Set point command, short floating point value Bit string of 32 bit C_SC_NA_1 C_DC_NA_1 C_IT_NA_1 C_RC_NA_1 C_SE_NB_1 C_SE_NC_1 C_BO_NA_1
System Information in Monitor Direction (Station-Specific Parameter) x <70> = End of initialization ME_EI_NA_1
Incorrectly identified with control direction in IEC 870-5-101.

P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614
B-12

(continued)
System Information in Control Direction (Station-Specific Parameter) x x x x x <100> <101> <102> <103> <104> <105> <106> = = = = = = = Interrogation command Counter interrogation command Read command Clock synchronization command 8 Test command Reset process command Delay acquisition command 9 C_IC_NA_1 C_CI_NA_1 C_RD_NA_1 C_CS_NA_1 C_TS_NB_1 C_RP_NC_1 C_CD_NA_1
8 9
The command procedure is formally processed, but there is no change in the local time in the station. See National Preface of EN 60870-5-101. B-13
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Parameter in Control Direction (Station-Specific Parameter) x x <110> <111> <112> <113> = = = = Parameter of measured value, normalized value Parameter of measured value, scaled value Parameter of measured value, short floating point value Parameter activation P_ME_NA_1 P_ME_NB_1 P_ME_NC_1 P_AC_NA_1
File Transfer (Station-Specific Parameter) <120> <121> <122> <123> <124> <125> <126> = = = = = = = File ready Section ready Call directory, select file, call file, call section Last section, last segment Ack file, ack section Segment Directory F_FR_NA_1 F_SR_NA_1 F_SC_NA_1 F_LS_NA_1 F_AF_NA_1 F_SG_NA_1 F_DR_TA_1
B-14
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
B 2.1.5
Basic Application Functions10
Station Initialization (Station-Specific Parameter) x Remote initialization
General Interrogation (System- or Station-Specific Parameter) x x x x x x x Global Group 1 Group 2 Group 3 Group 4 Group 5 Group 6 x x x x x x Group 7 Group 8 Group 9 Group 10 Group 11 Group 12 Addresses per group have to be defined. x x x x Group 13 Group 14 Group 15 Group 16
Clock Synchronization (Station-Specific Parameter) x Clock synchronization
10
See National Preface of EN 60870-5-101. B-15
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Command Transmission (Object-Specific Parameter) x Direct command transmission Direct set point command transmission Select and execute command Select and execute set point command C_SE ACTTERM used x No additional definition Short pulse duration (Execution duration determined by a system parameter in the outstation) Long pulse duration (Execution duration determined by a system parameter in the outstation) Persistent output Transmission of Integrated Totals (Station- or Object-Specific Parameter) Counter request x Counter freeze without reset Counter freeze with reset Counter reset Addresses per group have to be specified x x x x x General request counter Request counter group 1 Request counter group 2 Request counter group 3 Request counter group 4
B-16
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Parameter Loading (Object-Specific Parameter) x Threshold value Smoothing value Low limit for transmission of measured value High limit for transmission of measured value
Parameter Activation (Object-Specific Parameter) Act/deact of persistent cyclic or periodic transmission of the addressed object
File Transfer (Station-Specific Parameter) File transfer in monitor direction File transfer in control direction F_FR_NA_1 F_FR_NA_1
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614
B-17

(continued)
B3
Communication Interface per IEC 60870-5-103
This section incorporates Section 8 of IEC 60870-5-103, including definitions applicable to the P139. B 3.1 B 3.1.1 Interoperability Physical Layer
B 3.1.1.1 Electrical Interface x x EIA RS 485 No. of loads 32 for one device
Note: EIA RS 485 defines the loads in such a way that 32 of such loads can be operated on one line. For detailed information see EIA RS 485, Section 3. B 3.1.1.2 Optical Interface x x x Glass fiber Plastic fiber F-SMA connector BFOC/2.5 connector B 3.1.1.3 Transmission Rate x x 9,600 bit/s 19,200 bit/s
B-18
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
B 3.1.2
Link Layer
There are no selection options for the link layer. B 3.1.3 Application Layer
B 3.1.3.1 Transmission Mode for Application Data Mode 1 (least significant octet first) as defined in clause 4.10 of IEC 60870-5-4 is used exclusively in this companion standard. B 3.1.3.2 Common Address of ASDU x One COMMON ADDRESS of ASDU (identical to the station address) More than one COMMON ADDRESS of ASDU B 3.1.3.3 Selection of Standard Information Numbers in Monitor Direction B 3.1.3.3.1 System Functions in Monitor Direction INF x x x x x <0> <0> <2> <3> <4> <5> Description End of general interrogation Time synchronization Reset FCB Reset CU Start / restart Power on
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614
B-19

(continued)
B 3.1.3.3.2 Status Indications in Monitor Direction INF x x x x x x <16> <17> <18> <19> <20> <21> <22> x x x x x x x x <23> <24> <25> <26> <27> <28> <29> <30> Description Auto-recloser active Teleprotection active Protection active LED reset Blocking of monitor direction Test mode Local parameter setting Characteristic 1 Characteristic 2 Characteristic 3 Characteristic 4 Auxiliary input 1 Auxiliary input 2 Auxiliary input 3 Auxiliary input 4 036 090 036 091 036 092 036 093 034 000 034 001 034 002 034 003 PSS: PS 1 active PSS: PS 2 active PSS: PS 3 active PSS: PS 4 active LOGIC: Input 1 EXT LOGIC: Input 2 EXT LOGIC: Input 3 EXT LOGIC: Input 4 EXT Schneider Electric Designations Address Description 015 064 015 008 003 030 021 010 037 075 037 071 ARC: Enabled PSIG: Enabled MAIN: Device on-line MAIN: Reset indicat. USER COMM1: Sig./meas.val.block. MAIN: Test mode
B-20
P139/EN M/Aa8-S // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
B 3.1.3.3.3 Monitoring Signals (Supervision Indications) in Monitor Direction Schneider Electric Designations INF Description Address Description x x x x <32> <33> <35> <36>11 <37> x x x x <38> <39> <46> <47> Measurand supervision I Measurand supervision V Phase sequence supervision Trip circuit supervision I>> back-up operation VT fuse failure Teleprotection disturbed Group warning Group alarm 004 061 036 060 036 100 004 065 MAIN: M.c.b. trip V EXT PSIG: Telecom. faulty SFMON: Warning (relay) MAIN: Blocked/Faulty 040 087 038 023 038 049 041 200 MCMON: Meas. circ. I faulty MCMON: Meas. circ. V faulty MCMON: Phase sequ. V faulty SFMON: Relay Kxx faulty
11
The message content is formed from the OR operation of the individual signals. B-21
P139/EN M/Aa8-S // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
B 3.1.3.3.4 Earth Fault Indications in Monitor Direction INF x x x x x <48> <49> <50> <51> <52> Description Earth fault L1 Earth fault L2 Earth fault L3 Earth fault forward, i.e. line Earth fault reverse, i.e. busbar Schneider Electric Designations Address Description 041 054 041 055 041 056 041 088 041 089 MAIN: Ground fault A MAIN: Ground fault B MAIN: Ground fault C MAIN: Gnd. fault forw./LS MAIN: Gnd. fault backw./BS
B-22
P139/EN M/Aa8-S // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
B 3.1.3.3.5 Fault Indications in Monitor Direction INF x x x x x <64> <65> <66> <67> <68> <69> <70> <71> <72> x x x x x <73> <74> <75> <76> Description Start /pick-up L1 Start /pick-up L3 Start /pick-up L3 Start /pick-up N General trip Trip L1 Trip L2 Trip L3 Trip I>> (back-up operation) Fault location X in ohms Fault forward/line Fault reverse/busbar Teleprotection signal transmitted Teleprotection signal received Zone 1 Zone 2 Zone 3 Zone 4 Zone 5 Zone 6 004 029 036 018 036 019 036 035 037 029 FT_DA: Fault react., prim. SCDD: Fault P forward SCDD: Fault P backward PSIG: Send (signal) PSIG: Receive (signal) Schneider Electric Designations Address Description 040 005 040 006 040 007 040 008 036 071 MAIN: Starting A MAIN: Starting B MAIN: Starting C MAIN: Starting GF MAIN: Gen. trip command 1
<77> <78> <79> <80> <81> <82> <83>
P139/EN M/Aa8-S // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614
B-23

(continued)
INF x x <84> <85> <86> <87> <88> <89> x x x x <90> <91> <92> <93>
Description General starting Breaker failure Trip measuring system L1 Trip measuring system L2 Trip measuring system L3 Trip measuring system E Trip I> Trip I>> Trip IN> Trip IN>>
Schneider Electric Designations Address Description 040 000 036 017 MAIN: General starting CBF: CB failure
040 042 040 011 040 043 040 028
MAIN: TripSig. tI>/tIrefP> DTOC: Trip Signal tI>> MAIN: TripSig. tIN>/tIrefN> DTOC: Trip Signal tIN>>
B-24
P139/EN M/Aa8-S // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
B 3.1.3.3.6 Auto-Reclosure Indications in Monitor Direction INF x x x <128> <129> <130> Description CB on by AR CB on by long-time AR AR blocked Schneider Electric Designations Address Description 037 007 037 006 037 008 ARC: (Re)close signal HSR ARC: (Re)close signal TDR ARC: Not ready
B 3.1.3.3.7 Measurands in Monitor Direction INF x x <144>12 <145>13 Description Measurand I Measurands I, V Schneider Electric Designations Address Description 006 041 006 041 005 045 006 041 005 045 004 051 004 053 005 011 005 013 005 041 006 041 007 041 005 043 006 043 007 043 004 051 004 053 004 040 MAIN: Current B p.u. MAIN: Current B p.u. MAIN: Voltage A-B p.u. MAIN: Current B p.u. MAIN: Voltage A-B p.u. MAIN: Active power P p.u. MAIN: Reac. power Q p.u. MAIN: Current (IP) p.u. MAIN: Volt. (VPG)/3 p.u. MAIN: Current A p.u. MAIN: Current B p.u. MAIN: Current C p.u. MAIN: Voltage A-G p.u. MAIN: Voltage B-G p.u. MAIN: Voltage C-G p.u. MAIN: Active power P p.u. MAIN: Reac. power Q p.u. MAIN: Frequency f
<146>14
Measurands I, V, P, Q
<147>15
Measurands IN, VEN
<148>16
Measurands IA,B,C, VA,B,C, P, Q, f
12 13
only with setting only with setting 14 only with setting 15 only with setting 16 only with setting
COMM1: COMM1: COMM1: COMM1: COMM1:
Transm.enab.cycl.dat Transm.enab.cycl.dat Transm.enab.cycl.dat Transm.enab.cycl.dat Transm.enab.cycl.dat
to "ASDU 3.1 p. IEC" to "ASDU 3.2 p. IEC" to "ASDU 3.3 p. IEC" to "ASDU 3.4 p. IEC" to "ASDU 9 p. IEC" B-25
P139/EN M/Aa8-S // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
B 3.1.3.3.8 Generic Functions in Monitor Direction INF <240> <241> <243> <244> <245> <249> <250> <251> Description Read headings of all defined groups Read values or attributes of all entries of one group Read directory of a single entry Read value or attribute of a single entry General interrogation of generic data Write entry with confirmation Write entry with execution Write entry abort
B-26
P139/EN M/Aa8-S // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
B 3.1.3.4
Selection of Standard Information Numbers in Control Direction
B 3.1.3.4.1 System Functions in Control Direction INF x x <0> <0> Description Initiation of general interrogation Time synchronization
B 3.1.3.4.2 General Commands in Control Direction INF x x x x x x x x <16> <17> <18> <19> <23>17 <24>18 <25>19 <26>20 Description Auto-recloser on/off Teleprotection on/off Protection on/off LED reset Activate characteristic 1 Activate characteristic 2 Activate characteristic 3 Activate characteristic 4 Schneider Electric Designations Address Description 015 060 015 004 003 030 021 010 003 060 003 060 003 060 003 060 ARC: General enable USER PSIG: General enable USER MAIN: Device on-line MAIN: Reset indicat. USER PSS: Param.subs.sel. USER PSS: Param.subs.sel. USER PSS: Param.subs.sel. USER PSS: Param.subs.sel. USER
17 18
Switches Switches 19 Switches 20 Switches
PSS: PSS: PSS: PSS:
Param.subs.sel.USER Param.subs.sel.USER Param.subs.sel.USER Param.subs.sel.USER
to "Parameter set 1" to "Parameter set 2" to "Parameter set 3" to "Parameter set 4" B-27
P139/EN M/Aa8-S // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
B 3.1.3.4.3 Generic Functions in Control Direction INF <240> <241> <243> <244> <245> <248> <249> <250> <251> Description Read headings of all defined groups Read values or attributes of all entries of one group Read directory of a single entry Read value or attribute of a single entry General interrogation of generic data Write entry Write entry with confirmation Write entry with execution Write entry abort
B-28
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
B 3.1.3.5 x x x
Basic Application Functions
Test mode Blocking of monitor direction Disturbance data Generic services
Private data Miscellaneous
B 3.1.3.6
Measured values are transmitted both with ASDU 3 and ASDU 9. As defined in Sec. 7.2.6.8, the maximum MVAL can be either 1.2 or 2.4 times the rated value. In ASDU 3 and ASDU 9, different ratings may not be used; in other words, there is only one choice for each measurand. Measured value Max. MVAL = nom. value multiplied by 1,2 Current A Current B Current C Voltage A-G Voltage B-G Voltage C-G Enabled power P Reactive power Q Frequency f Voltage A-B or 2,4 x x x x x x x x x x
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614
B-29
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614
B-30
Appendix C - List of Bay Types
Key
Sorting the Bay Types The bay types are sorted by the criteria listed below. These criteria are encoded in the first three characters of the bay type code (example: A11.100.R01) given in brackets after the Bay Type No. (example: 2). Sorting is first by "Type of bay" in the order given below, then within each group by the second and third character in ascending order. Type of bay A - Feeder bays L - Bus sectionalizer bay Q - Bus coupler bay K - Bus coupler and sectionalizer bay M - Busbar measurement bay E - Busbar grounding bay X - Other bay type Number of busbars 1 - Single busbar 2 - Double busbar 9 - Without busbar / other configurations Equipment 1 - Bays with switch truck or withdrawable switchgear assembly 2 - Bays with two circuit breakers or switch disconnectors on switch trucks or withdrawable switchgear assembly 3 - Bays with stationary switchgear units 5 - Bays with stationary switchgear units and three-position disconnector 9 - Other bay types
Bay Type No.:
This number indicates the value to be set at M AIN : T yp e o f b a y (folder "Para/Conf") in order to configure the unit for the selected bay type.
Special Designations for External Devices: Mot.relay: Motor relay Shunt wd. Shunt winding
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614
C-1

(continued)
Table "Assignment of Binary Inputs and Output Relays" Column "Switchgear unit" This column begins with the designation for the external device (switchgear unit). The function group follows in brackets. The function group encompasses all setting options for monitoring the switchgear unit and its signals. "Open" and "Close(d)" indicate the signal message or control direction of the switchgear unit. The "Open" or "Closed" signal should be connected to the binary input U xxxx. The connection points of the binary input U xxxx are shown in the terminal connection diagrams. The "Open" or "Close" control of the switchgear unit is effected via output relay K xxxx. The connection points of the output relay K xxxx are shown in the terminal connection diagrams.
Column "Binary Input":
Column "Output relay"
Table "Bay Interlock Equations for Operation without Station Interlocking" Note! The interlock equations are stored at substation control level, not at unit level. Symbols used in the Boolean interlock equations: /: Negation 0: Switchgear unit "Open" I: Switchgear unit "Closed" X: Switchgear unit in intermediate position FctBl1: FctBl2: Function block 1, configuration at M A I N : F c t . a s g . f c t . b l o c k .1 (Folder "Para/Func/Ctrl") Function block 2, configuration at M A I N : F c t . a s g . f c t . b l o c k .2 (Folder "Para/Func/Ctrl")
C-2
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 2
(A11.100.R01)
Feeder bay with circuit breaker, single busbar
Assignment of Binary Inputs and Output Relays

Switchgear unit
Q0 (DEV01) X0 (DEV02) Open Close(d) Open Close(d)
Binary input
U U U U A01 A02 A03 A04
Output relay
K A01 K A02 / /
Bay Interlock Equations for Operation without Station Interlocking

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation
/(X0=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)
Bay Interlock Equations for Operation with Station Interlocking

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614
C-3

(continued)
Bay Type No. 3
(A11.100.R02)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
U U U U A01 A02 A03 A04
Output relay
K K K K A01 A02 A03 A04

Switchgear unit
Q0 X0
Control O/C
Close(d) Open Close(d)
Interlock equation
/(X0=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q0=0) (Q0=0)

Switchgear unit
Q0 X0
Control O/C
Interlock equation
C-4
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 546
(A11.101.M03)
Feeder bay with circuit breaker, single busbar,direct motor control

Switchgear unit
Q0 (DEV01) X0 (DEV02) Q8 (DEV03) Mot.relay (SIG_1: Signal S012) Shunt wd. (CMD_1: Command C011) Mot.relay (CMD_1: Command C012) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d)
Binary input
U U U U U U U / / A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06 B06
Output relay
K K K K K K / A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06
K B05 K B06

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q8 X0
Control O/C
Close(d) Close(d) Open Close(d)
Interlock equation
/(X0=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (X0=0) (Q0=0) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q8 X0
Control O/C
Interlock equation
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614
C-5

(continued)
Bay Type No. 4
(A11.101.R01)

Switchgear unit
Q0 (DEV01) X0 (DEV02) Q8 (DEV03) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d)
Binary input
U U U U U U A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06
Output relay
K A01 K A02 / / / /

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation
C-6
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 5
(A11.101.R02)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
U U U U U U A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06
Output relay
K K K K / / A01 A02 A03 A04

Switchgear unit
Q0 X0
Control O/C
Interlock equation
/(X0=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q0=0) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

Switchgear unit
Q0 X0
Control O/C
Interlock equation
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614
C-7

(continued)
Bay Type No. 6
(A11.101.R03)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
U U U U U U A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06
Output relay
K K K K K K A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q8 X0
Control O/C
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q8 X0
Control O/C
Interlock equation
C-8
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 523
(A11.108.R01)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
U U U U U U A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06
Output relay
K A01 K A02 / / / /

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation
/(X0=X) & (Q15=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614
C-9

(continued)
Bay Type No. 549
(A11.109.M03)

Switchgear unit
Q0 (DEV01) Q8 (DEV02) X0 (DEV03) Q15 (DEV04) Mot.relay (SIG_1: Signal S012) Shunt wd. (CMD_1: Command C011) Mot.relay (CMD_1: Command C012) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d)
Binary input
U U U U U U U U U / / A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06 B01 B02 B06
Output relay
K K K K K K / / / A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06
K B05 K B06

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q8 X0
Control O/C
Interlock equation
/(X0=X) & (Q15=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (X0=0) (Q0=0) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0) & (Q15=0)

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q8 X0
Control O/C
Interlock equation
C-10
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 244
(A11.109.R01)

Switchgear unit
Q0 (DEV01) X0 (DEV02) Q8 (DEV03) Q15 (DEV07) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d)
Binary input
U U U U U U U U A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06 C01 C02
Output relay
K A01 K A02 / / / / / /

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614
C-11

(continued)
Bay Type No. 544
(A11.109.R03)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
U U U U U U U U A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06 B01 B02
Output relay
K K K K K K / / A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q8 X0
Control O/C
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q8 X0
Control O/C
Interlock equation
C-12
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 567
(A11.132.R01)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay
K A01 K A02 / / / / / /

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614
C-13

(continued)
Bay Type No. 521
(A11.134.R02.1)

Switchgear unit
Q0 (DEV01) X0 (DEV02) Q1 (DEV03) Q81 (DEV04) Q82 (DEV05) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d)
Binary input
U U U U U U U U U U A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06 B01 B02 B03 B04
Output relay
K K / / K K / / / / A01 A02 A05 A06

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1
Control O/C
Interlock equation
/(X0=X) & /(Q1=X) & (Q82=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q0=0) (Q0=0) & (Q81=0) & (Q82=0)

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1
Control O/C
Interlock equation
/(X0=X) & /(Q1=X) & (Q82=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q0=0) (Q0=0) & (Q81=0) & (Q82=0)
C-14
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 519
(A11.135.R02.1)

Switchgear unit
Q0 (DEV01) X0 (DEV02) Q1 (DEV03) Q81 (DEV04) Q82 (DEV05) Q15 (DEV06) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d)
Binary input
U U U U U U U U U U U U A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06 B01 B02 B03 B04 B05 B06
Output relay
K K / / K K / / / / / / A01 A02 A05 A06

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1
Control O/C
Interlock equation
/(X0=X) & /(Q1=X) & (Q15=0) & (Q82=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q0=0) (Q0=0) & (Q81=0) & (Q82=0)

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1
Control O/C
Interlock equation
/(X0=X) & /(Q1=X) & (Q15=0) & (Q82=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q0=0) (Q0=0) & (Q81=0) & (Q82=0)
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614
C-15

(continued)
Bay Type No. 7
(A11.200.R01)
Feeder bay with switch disconnector, single busbar

Switchgear unit
Binary input
U U U U A01 A02 A03 A04
Output relay
K A01 K A02 / /

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation
C-16
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 8
(A11.200.R02)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
U U U U A01 A02 A03 A04
Output relay
K K K K A01 A02 A03 A04

Switchgear unit
Q0 X0
Control O/C
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0 X0
Control O/C
Interlock equation
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614
C-17

(continued)
Bay Type No. 9
(A11.201.R01)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
U U U U U U A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06
Output relay
K A01 K A02 / / / /

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation
C-18
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 10
(A11.201.R02)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
U U U U U U A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06
Output relay
K K K K / / A01 A02 A03 A04

Switchgear unit
Q0 X0
Control O/C
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0 X0
Control O/C
Interlock equation
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614
C-19

(continued)
Bay Type No. 11
(A11.201.R03)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
U U U U U U A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06
Output relay
K K K K K K A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q8 X0
Control O/C
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q8 X0
Control O/C
Interlock equation
C-20
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 12
(A11.400.R01)
Feeder bay with switch disconnector / fuse unit, single busbar

Switchgear unit
Q0 (DEV01) X0 (DEV02) F (SIG_1: Signal S011) Open Close(d) Open Close(d)
Binary input
U U U U U A01 A02 A03 A04 B05
Output relay
K A01 K A02 / / /

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614
C-21

(continued)
Bay Type No. 13
(A11.400.R02)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
U U U U U A01 A02 A03 A04 B05
Output relay
K K K K / A01 A02 A03 A04

Switchgear unit
Q0 X0
Control O/C
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0 X0
Control O/C
Interlock equation
C-22
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 14
(A11.401.R01)

Switchgear unit
Q0 (DEV01) X0 (DEV02) Q8 (DEV03) F (SIG_1: Signal S011) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d)
Binary input
U U U U U U U A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06 B05
Output relay
K A01 K A02 / / / / /

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614
C-23

(continued)
Bay Type No. 15
(A11.401.R02)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
U U U U U U U A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06 B05
Output relay
K K K K / / / A01 A02 A03 A04

Switchgear unit
Q0 X0
Control O/C
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0 X0
Control O/C
Interlock equation
C-24
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 16
(A11.401.R03)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
U U U U U U U A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06 B05
Output relay
K K K K K K / A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q8 X0
Control O/C
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q8 X0
Control O/C
Interlock equation
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614
C-25

(continued)
Bay Type No. 17
(A11.900.R01)
Feeder bay with other switchgear unit, single busbar

Switchgear unit
X0 (DEV01) Open Close(d)
Binary input
U A01 U A02
Output relay
K A01 K A02

Switchgear unit Control O/C Interlock equation
Interlock equations not defined

C-26
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 504
(A11.901.R00)
Feeder bay with other switchgear unit, single busbar

Switchgear unit
X0 (DEV02) Q8 (DEV03) Open Close(d) Open Close(d)
Binary input
U U U U A03 A04 A05 A06
Output relay
/ / / /


P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614
C-27

(continued)
Bay Type No. 541
(A13.104.R01)

Switchgear unit
Q0 (DEV01) Q1 (DEV02) Open Close(d) Open Close(d)
Binary input
U U U U A01 A02 A03 A04
Output relay
K A01 K A02 / /

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation
/(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation
/(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)
C-28
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 18
(A13.105.M03)

Switchgear unit
Q0 (DEV01) Q1 (DEV02) Q8 (DEV03) Mot.relay (SIG_1: Signal S012) Shunt wd. (CMD_1: Command C011) Mot.relay (CMD_1: Command C012) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d)
Binary input
U U U U U U U / / A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06 B06
Output relay
K K K K K K / A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06
K B05 K B06

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q8
Control O/C
Close(d) Open Close(d) Close(d)
Interlock equation
/(Q1=X) & (Q8=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q0=0) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q8
Control O/C
Interlock equation
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614
C-29

(continued)
Bay Type No. 19
(A13.105.R01)

Switchgear unit
Q0 (DEV01) Q1 (DEV02) Q8 (DEV03) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d)
Binary input
U U U U U U A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06
Output relay
K A01 K A02 / / / /

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation
/(Q1=X) & (Q8=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation
C-30
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 20
(A13.105.R02)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
U U U U U U A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06
Output relay
K K K K / / A01 A02 A03 A04

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1
Control O/C
Interlock equation
/(Q1=X) & (Q8=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q0=0) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1
Control O/C
Interlock equation
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614
C-31

(continued)
Bay Type No. 21
(A13.105.R03)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
U U U U U U A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06
Output relay
K K K K K K A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q8
Control O/C
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q8
Control O/C
Interlock equation
C-32
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 557
(A13.106.R03)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
U U U U U U A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06
Output relay
K K K K K K A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q9
Control O/C
Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d)
Interlock equation
/(Q1=X) & /(Q9=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q0=0) (Q0=0) (Q0=0) (Q0=0)

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q9
Control O/C
Interlock equation
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614
C-33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 22
(A13.107.M04)

Switchgear unit
Q0 (DEV01) Q1 (DEV02) Q9 (DEV03) Q8 (DEV04) Mot.relay (SIG_1: Signal S012) Shunt wd. (CMD_1: Command C011) Mot.relay (CMD_1: Command C012) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d)
Binary input
Output relay
K K K K K K K K / A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06 B01 B02
K B05 K B06

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q8 Q9
Control O/C
Close(d) Open Close(d) Close(d) Open Close(d)
Interlock equation
/(Q1=X) & /(Q9=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q0=0) (Q0=0) (Q9=0) (Q0=0) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q8 Q9
Control O/C
Interlock equation
C-34
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 23
(A13.107.R01)

Switchgear unit
Q0 (DEV01) Q1 (DEV02) Q9 (DEV03) Q8 (DEV04) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d)
Binary input
Output relay
K A01 K A02 / / / / / /

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation
/(Q1=X) & /(Q9=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614
C-35

(continued)
Bay Type No. 24
(A13.107.R03)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay
K K K K K K / / A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q9
Control O/C
Interlock equation
/(Q1=X) & /(Q9=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q0=0) (Q0=0) (Q0=0) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q9
Control O/C
Interlock equation
/(Q1=X) & /(Q9=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q0=0) (Q0=0) (Q0=0) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
C-36
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 25
(A13.107.R04)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay
K K K K K K K K A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06 B01 B02

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q8 Q9
Control O/C
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q8 Q9
Control O/C
Interlock equation
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614
C-37

(continued)
Bay Type No. 508
(A13.111.R03)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay
K K K K K K / / A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q8
Control O/C
Interlock equation
/(Q1=X) & (Q8=0) & (Q15=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q0=0) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0) & (Q15=0) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q8
Control O/C
Interlock equation
/(Q1=X) & (Q8=0) & (Q15=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q0=0) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0) & (Q15=0) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
C-38
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 26
(A13.200.R01)

Switchgear unit
Q0 (DEV01) Open Close(d)
Binary input
U A01 U A02
Output relay
K A01 K A02


P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614
C-39

(continued)
Bay Type No. 27
(A13.201.M02)
Feeder bay with switch disconnector, single busbar,direct motor control

Switchgear unit
Q0 (DEV01) Q8 (DEV02) Mot.relay (SIG_1: Signal S012) Shunt wd. (CMD_1: Command C011) Mot.relay (CMD_1: Command C012) Open Close(d) Open Close(d)
Binary input
U U U U U / / A01 A02 A03 A04 B06
Output relay
K K K K / A01 A02 A03 A04
K B05 K B06

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q8
Control O/C
Close(d) Close(d)
Interlock equation
(Q8=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q0=0)

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q8
Control O/C
Close(d) Close(d)
Interlock equation
(Q8=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q0=0)
C-40
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 28
(A13.201.R01)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
U U U U A01 A02 A03 A04
Output relay
K A01 K A02 / /

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation
(Q8=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation
(Q8=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614
C-41

(continued)
Bay Type No. 29
(A13.201.R02)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
U U U U A01 A02 A03 A04
Output relay
K K K K A01 A02 A03 A04

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q8
Control O/C
Close(d) Close(d)
Interlock equation
(Q8=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q0=0)

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q8
Control O/C
Close(d) Close(d)
Interlock equation
(Q8=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q0=0)
C-42
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 30
(A13.205.M03)
Feeder bay with switch disconnector, single busbar,direct motor control

Switchgear unit
Binary input
U U U U U U U / / A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06 B06
Output relay
K K K K K K / A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06
K B05 K B06

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q8
Control O/C
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q8
Control O/C
Interlock equation
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614
C-43

(continued)
Bay Type No. 31
(A13.205.R01)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
U U U U U U A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06
Output relay
K A01 K A02 / / / /

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation
C-44
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 32
(A13.205.R02)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
U U U U U U A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06
Output relay
K K K K / / A01 A02 A03 A04

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1
Control O/C
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1
Control O/C
Interlock equation
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614
C-45

(continued)
Bay Type No. 33
(A13.205.R03)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
U U U U U U A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06
Output relay
K K K K K K A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q8
Control O/C
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q8
Control O/C
Interlock equation
C-46
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 34
(A13.400.R01)

Switchgear unit
Q0 (DEV01) F (SIG_1: Signal S011) Open Close(d)
Binary input
U A01 U A02 U B05
Output relay
K A01 K A02 /


P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614
C-47

(continued)
Bay Type No. 35
(A13.401.M02)
Feeder bay with switch disconnector / fuse unit, single busbar,direct motor control

Switchgear unit
Q0 (DEV01) Q8 (DEV02) F (SIG_1: Signal S011) Mot.relay (SIG_1: Signal S012) Shunt wd. (CMD_1: Command C011) Mot.relay (CMD_1: Command C012) Open Close(d) Open Close(d)
Binary input
U U U U U A01 A02 A03 A04 B05
Output relay
K K K K / / K B05 K B06 A01 A02 A03 A04
U B06 / /

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q8
Control O/C
Close(d) Close(d)
Interlock equation
(Q8=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q0=0)

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q8
Control O/C
Close(d) Close(d)
Interlock equation
(Q8=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q0=0)
C-48
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 36
(A13.401.R01)

Switchgear unit
Q0 (DEV01) Q8 (DEV02) F (SIG_1: Signal S011) Open Close(d) Open Close(d)
Binary input
U U U U U A01 A02 A03 A04 B05
Output relay
K A01 K A02 / / /

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation
(Q8=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation
(Q8=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614
C-49

(continued)
Bay Type No. 37
(A13.401.R02)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
U U U U U A01 A02 A03 A04 B05
Output relay
K K K K / A01 A02 A03 A04

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q8
Control O/C
Close(d) Close(d)
Interlock equation
(Q8=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q0=0)

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q8
Control O/C
Close(d) Close(d)
Interlock equation
(Q8=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q0=0)
C-50
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 38
(A13.405.M03)
Feeder bay with switch disconnector / fuse unit, single busbar,direct motor control

Switchgear unit
Q0 (DEV01) Q1 (DEV02) Q8 (DEV03) F (SIG_1: Signal S011) Mot.relay (SIG_1: Signal S012) Shunt wd. (CMD_1: Command C011) Mot.relay (CMD_1: Command C012) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d)
Binary input
U U U U U U U A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06 B05
Output relay
K K K K K K / / K B05 K B06 A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06
U B06 / /

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q8
Control O/C
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q8
Control O/C
Interlock equation
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614
C-51

(continued)
Bay Type No. 39
(A13.405.R01)

Switchgear unit
Q0 (DEV01) Q1 (DEV02) Q8 (DEV03) F (SIG_1: Signal S011) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d)
Binary input
U U U U U U U A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06 B05
Output relay
K A01 K A02 / / / / /

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation
C-52
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 40
(A13.405.R02)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
U U U U U U U A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06 B05
Output relay
K K K K / / / A01 A02 A03 A04

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1
Control O/C
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1
Control O/C
Interlock equation
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614
C-53

(continued)
Bay Type No. 41
(A13.405.R03)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
U U U U U U U A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06 B05
Output relay
K K K K K K / A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q8
Control O/C
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q8
Control O/C
Interlock equation
C-54
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 503
(A13.432.R02)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
U U U U U A01 A02 A03 A04 B05
Output relay
K K K K / A01 A02 A03 A04

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q8
Control O/C
Close(d) Close(d)
Interlock equation
(Q8=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q0=0)

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q8
Control O/C
Close(d) Close(d)
Interlock equation
(Q8=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q0=0)
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614
C-55

(continued)
Bay Type No. 507
(A13.433.R02)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
U U U U U U U A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06 B05
Output relay
K K K K / / / A01 A02 A03 A04

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q8
Control O/C
Close(d) Close(d)
Interlock equation
(Q8=0) & (Q15=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q0=0)

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q8
Control O/C
Close(d) Close(d)
Interlock equation
(Q8=0) & (Q15=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q0=0)
C-56
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 220
(A15.105.M02)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
U U U U U U U / / A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06 B06
Output relay
K K K K / / / A01 A02 A03 A04
K B05 K B06

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1
Control O/C
Open Close(d) Open Close(d)
Interlock equation
(Q8=0) /(Q1=X) & (Q8=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q0=0) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1
Control O/C
Interlock equation
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614
C-57

(continued)
Bay Type No. 42
(A15.105.M03)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
U U U U U U U / / A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06 B06
Output relay
K K K K K K / A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06
K B05 K B06

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q8
Control O/C
Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d)
Interlock equation
(Q8=0) /(Q1=X) & (Q8=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q0=0) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0) (Q0=I) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q8
Control O/C
Interlock equation
C-58
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 43
(A15.105.R01)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
U U U U U U A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06
Output relay
K A01 K A02 / / / /

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Open Close(d)
Interlock equation
(Q8=0) /(Q1=X) & (Q8=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Open Close(d)
Interlock equation
(Q8=0) /(Q1=X) & (Q8=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614
C-59

(continued)
Bay Type No. 221
(A15.105.R02)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
U U U U U U A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06
Output relay
K K K K / / A01 A02 A03 A04

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1
Control O/C
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1
Control O/C
Interlock equation
(Q8=0) /(Q1=X) & (Q8=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q0=0) (Q0=0)
C-60
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 44
(A15.105.R03)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
U U U U U U A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06
Output relay
K K K K K K A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q8
Control O/C
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q8
Control O/C
Interlock equation
(Q8=0) /(Q1=X) & (Q8=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q0=0) (Q0=0) (Q0=I) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614
C-61

(continued)
Bay Type No. 45
(A21.104.M04)
Feeder bay with circuit breaker, double busbar,direct motor control

Switchgear unit
Q0 (DEV01) Q1 (DEV02) Q2 (DEV03) X0 (DEV04) Mot.relay (SIG_1: Signal S012) Shunt wd. (CMD_1: Command C011) Mot.relay (CMD_1: Command C012) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d)
Binary input
Output relay
K B05 K B06

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q2 X0
Control O/C
Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d)
Interlock equation
/(Q1=X) & /(Q2=X) & /(X0=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)

Switchgear unit
Q0 X0
Control O/C
Interlock equation
/(Q1=X) & /(Q2=X) & /(X0=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)
C-62
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 46
(A21.104.R01)
Feeder bay with circuit breaker, double busbar

Switchgear unit
Q0 (DEV01) Q1 (DEV02) Q2 (DEV03) X0 (DEV04) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d)
Binary input
Output relay
K A01 K A02 / / / / / /

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation
/(Q1=X) & /(Q2=X) & /(X0=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614
C-63

(continued)
Bay Type No. 47
(A21.104.R03)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay
K K K K K K / / A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q2
Control O/C
Interlock equation
/(Q1=X) & /(Q2=X) & /(X0=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation
C-64
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 48
(A21.104.R04)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q2 X0
Control O/C
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0 X0
Control O/C
Interlock equation
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614
C-65

(continued)
Bay Type No. 49
(A21.105.M05)

Switchgear unit
Q0 (DEV01) Q1 (DEV02) Q2 (DEV03) X0 (DEV04) Q8 (DEV05) Mot.relay (SIG_1: Signal S012) Shunt wd. (CMD_1: Command C011) Mot.relay (CMD_1: Command C012) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d)
Binary input
U U U U U U U U U U U / / A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06 B01 B02 B03 B04 B06
Output relay
K K K K K K K K K K / A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06 B01 B02 B03 B04
K B05 K B06

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q2 Q8 X0
Control O/C
Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Close(d) Open Close(d)
Interlock equation
/(Q1=X) & /(Q2=X) & /(X0=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) (X0=0) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q8=0)

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q8 X0
Control O/C
Interlock equation
/(Q1=X) & /(Q2=X) & /(X0=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (X0=0) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q8=0)
C-66
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 50
(A21.105.R01)

Switchgear unit
Q0 (DEV01) Q1 (DEV02) Q2 (DEV03) X0 (DEV04) Q8 (DEV05) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d)
Binary input
Output relay
K A01 K A02 / / / / / / / /

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614
C-67

(continued)
Bay Type No. 51
(A21.105.R03)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay
K K K K K K / / / / A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q2
Control O/C
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation
C-68
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 52
(A21.105.R04)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay
K K K K K K K K / / A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06 B01 B02

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q2 X0
Control O/C
Interlock equation
/(Q1=X) & /(Q2=X) & /(X0=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q8=0)

Switchgear unit
Q0 X0
Control O/C
Interlock equation
/(Q1=X) & /(Q2=X) & /(X0=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q8=0)
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614
C-69

(continued)
Bay Type No. 53
(A21.105.R05)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay
K K K K K K K K K K A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06 B01 B02 B03 B04

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q2 Q8 X0
Control O/C
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q8 X0
Control O/C
Interlock equation
C-70
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 526
(A21.125.R02)

Switchgear unit
Q01 (DEV01) Q02 (DEV02) X01 (DEV03) X02 (DEV04) Q8 (DEV05) Q15 (DEV06) Q25 (DEV07) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d)
Binary input
U U U U U U U U U U U U U U A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06 B01 B02 B03 B04 B05 B06 C01 C02
Output relay
K K K K / / / / / / / / / / A01 A02 A03 A04

Switchgear unit
Q01 Q02
Control O/C
Close(d) Close(d)
Interlock equation
/(X01=X) & /(X02=X) & (Q15=0) & (Q25=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) /(X01=X) & /(X02=X) & (Q15=0) & (Q25=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)

Switchgear unit
Q01 Q02
Control O/C
Close(d) Close(d)
Interlock equation
/(X01=X) & /(X02=X) & (Q15=0) & (Q25=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) /(X01=X) & /(X02=X) & (Q15=0) & (Q25=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614
C-71

(continued)
Bay Type No. 54
(A21.204.M04)
Feeder bay with switch disconnector, double busbar,direct motor control

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay
K B05 K B06

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q2 X0
Control O/C
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0 X0
Control O/C
Interlock equation
C-72
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 55
(A21.204.R01)
Feeder bay with switch disconnector, double busbar

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay
K A01 K A02 / / / / / /

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614
C-73

(continued)
Bay Type No. 56
(A21.204.R03)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay
K K K K K K / / A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q2
Control O/C
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation
C-74
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 57
(A21.204.R04)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q2 X0
Control O/C
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0 X0
Control O/C
Interlock equation
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614
C-75

(continued)
Bay Type No. 58
(A21.205.M05)

Switchgear unit
Q0 (DEV01) Q1 (DEV02) Q2 (DEV03) X0 (DEV04) Q8 (DEV05) Mot.relay (SIG_1: Signal S012) Shunt wd. (CMD_1: Command C011) Mot.relay (CMD_1: Command C012) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d)
Binary input
Output relay
K B05 K B06

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q2 Q8 X0
Control O/C
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q8 X0
Control O/C
Interlock equation
C-76
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 59
(A21.205.R01)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay
K A01 K A02 / / / / / / / /

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614
C-77

(continued)
Bay Type No. 60
(A21.205.R03)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay
K K K K K K / / / / A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q2
Control O/C
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation
C-78
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 61
(A21.205.R04)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q2 X0
Control O/C
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0 X0
Control O/C
Interlock equation
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614
C-79

(continued)
Bay Type No. 62
(A21.205.R05)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q2 Q8 X0
Control O/C
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q8 X0
Control O/C
Interlock equation
C-80
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 63
(A21.404.M04)
Feeder bay with switch disconnector / fuse unit, double busbar,direct motor control

Switchgear unit
Q0 (DEV01) Q1 (DEV02) Q2 (DEV03) X0 (DEV04) F (SIG_1: Signal S011) Mot.relay (SIG_1: Signal S012) Shunt wd. (CMD_1: Command C011) Mot.relay (CMD_1: Command C012) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d)
Binary input
U U U U U U U U U A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06 B01 B02 B05
Output relay
K K K K K K K K / / K B05 K B06 A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06 B01 B02
U B06 / /

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q2 X0
Control O/C
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0 X0
Control O/C
Interlock equation
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614
C-81

(continued)
Bay Type No. 64
(A21.404.R01)
Feeder bay with switch disconnector / fuse unit, double busbar

Switchgear unit
Q0 (DEV01) Q1 (DEV02) Q2 (DEV03) X0 (DEV04) F (SIG_1: Signal S011) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d)
Binary input
Output relay
K A01 K A02 / / / / / / /

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation
C-82
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 65
(A21.404.R03)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay
K K K K K K / / / A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q2
Control O/C
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614
C-83

(continued)
Bay Type No. 66
(A21.404.R04)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q2 X0
Control O/C
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0 X0
Control O/C
Interlock equation
C-84
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 67
(A21.405.M05)

Switchgear unit
Q0 (DEV01) Q1 (DEV02) Q2 (DEV03) X0 (DEV04) Q8 (DEV05) F (SIG_1: Signal S011) Mot.relay (SIG_1: Signal S012) Shunt wd. (CMD_1: Command C011) Mot.relay (CMD_1: Command C012) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d)
Binary input
U U U U U U U U U U U A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06 B01 B02 B03 B04 B05
Output relay
K K K K K K K K K K / / K B05 K B06 A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06 B01 B02 B03 B04
U B06 / /

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q2 Q8 X0
Control O/C
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q8 X0
Control O/C
Interlock equation
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614
C-85

(continued)
Bay Type No. 68
(A21.405.R01)

Switchgear unit
Q0 (DEV01) Q1 (DEV02) Q2 (DEV03) X0 (DEV04) Q8 (DEV05) F (SIG_1: Signal S011) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d)
Binary input
Output relay
K A01 K A02 / / / / / / / / /

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation
C-86
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 69
(A21.405.R03)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay
K K K K K K / / / / / A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q2
Control O/C
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614
C-87

(continued)
Bay Type No. 70
(A21.405.R04)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay
K K K K K K K K / / / A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06 B01 B02

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q2 X0
Control O/C
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0 X0
Control O/C
Interlock equation
C-88
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 71
(A21.405.R05)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q2 Q8 X0
Control O/C
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q8 X0
Control O/C
Interlock equation
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614
C-89

(continued)
Bay Type No. 72
(A22.101.R02)

Switchgear unit
Q01 (DEV01) Q02 (DEV02) X01 (DEV03) X02 (DEV04) Q8 (DEV05) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d)
Binary input
Output relay
K K K K / / / / / / A01 A02 A03 A04

Switchgear unit
Q01 Q02
Control O/C
Close(d) Close(d)
Interlock equation
(Q02=0) & /(X01=X) & /(X02=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q01=0) & /(X01=X) & /(X02=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)

Switchgear unit
Q01 Q02
Control O/C
Close(d) Close(d)
Interlock equation
/(X01=X) & /(X02=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) /(X01=X) & /(X02=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)
C-90
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 73
(A22.101.R04)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay

Switchgear unit
Q01 Q02 X01 X02
Control O/C
Close(d) Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d)
Interlock equation
(Q02=0) (Q01=0) (Q01=0) (Q01=0) (Q02=0) (Q02=0) & /(X01=X) & /(X02=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) & /(X01=X) & /(X02=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) & (Q8=0) & (Q8=0)

Switchgear unit
Q01 Q02 X01 X02
Control O/C
Interlock equation
/(X01=X) & /(X02=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) /(X01=X) & /(X02=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q01=0) (Q01=0) & (Q8=0) (Q02=0) (Q02=0) & (Q8=0)
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614
C-91

(continued)
Bay Type No. 74
(A22.101.R05)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay

Switchgear unit
Q01 Q02 Q8 X01 X02
Control O/C
Close(d) Close(d) Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d)
Interlock equation
(Q02=0) (Q01=0) (X01=0) (Q01=0) (Q01=0) (Q02=0) (Q02=0) & /(X01=X) & /(X02=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) & /(X01=X) & /(X02=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) & (X02=0) & (Q8=0) & (Q8=0)

Switchgear unit
Q01 Q02 Q8 X01 X02
Control O/C
Interlock equation
/(X01=X) & /(X02=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) /(X01=X) & /(X02=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (X01=0) & (X02=0) (Q01=0) (Q01=0) & (Q8=0) (Q02=0) (Q02=0) & (Q8=0)
C-92
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 75
(A22.103.R02)

Switchgear unit
Q01 (DEV01) Q02 (DEV02) X01 (DEV03) X02 (DEV04) Q9 (DEV05) Q8 (DEV06) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d)
Binary input
Output relay
K K K K / / / / / / / / A01 A02 A03 A04

Switchgear unit
Q01 Q02
Control O/C
Close(d) Close(d)
Interlock equation
(Q02=0) & /(Q9=X) & /(X01=X) & /(X02=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q01=0) & /(Q9=X) & /(X01=X) & /(X02=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)

Switchgear unit
Q01 Q02
Control O/C
Close(d) Close(d)
Interlock equation
/(Q9=X) & /(X01=X) & /(X02=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) /(Q9=X) & /(X01=X) & /(X02=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614
C-93

(continued)
Bay Type No. 76
(A22.103.R03)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay
K K K K / / / / K K / / A01 A02 A03 A04
B03 B04

Switchgear unit
Q01 Q02 Q9
Control O/C
Interlock equation
(Q02=0) (Q01=0) (Q01=0) (Q01=0) & & & & /(Q9=X) & /(X01=X) & /(X02=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) /(Q9=X) & /(X01=X) & /(X02=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q02=0) (Q02=0) & (Q8=0)

Switchgear unit
Q01 Q02 Q9
Control O/C
Interlock equation
/(Q9=X) /(Q9=X) (Q01=0) (Q01=0) & & & & /(X01=X) & /(X02=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) /(X01=X) & /(X02=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q02=0) (Q02=0) & (Q8=0)
C-94
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 77
(A22.103.R05)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay
K K K K K K K K K K / / A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06 B01 B02 B03 B04

Switchgear unit
Q01 Q02 Q9 X01 X02
Control O/C
Close(d) Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d)
Interlock equation
(Q02=0) (Q01=0) (Q01=0) (Q01=0) (Q01=0) (Q01=0) (Q02=0) (Q02=0) & & & & /(Q9=X) & /(X01=X) & /(X02=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) /(Q9=X) & /(X01=X) & /(X02=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q02=0) (Q02=0) & (Q8=0)

Switchgear unit
Q01 Q02 Q9 X01 X02
Control O/C
Interlock equation
/(Q9=X) /(Q9=X) (Q01=0) (Q01=0) (Q01=0) (Q01=0) (Q02=0) (Q02=0) & & & & /(X01=X) & /(X02=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) /(X01=X) & /(X02=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q02=0) (Q02=0) & (Q8=0)
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614
C-95

(continued)
Bay Type No. 78
(A22.103.R06)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay
K K K K K K K K K K K K A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06 B01 B02 B03 B04 B05 B06

Switchgear unit
Q01 Q02 Q8 Q9 X01 X02
Control O/C
Close(d) Close(d) Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d)
Interlock equation
(Q02=0) (Q01=0) (Q9=0) (Q01=0) (Q01=0) (Q01=0) (Q01=0) (Q02=0) (Q02=0) & /(Q9=X) & /(X01=X) & /(X02=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) & /(Q9=X) & /(X01=X) & /(X02=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) & (Q02=0) & (Q02=0) & (Q8=0)

Switchgear unit
Q01 Q02 Q8 Q9 X01 X02
Control O/C
Interlock equation
/(Q9=X) /(Q9=X) (Q9=0) (Q01=0) (Q01=0) (Q01=0) (Q01=0) (Q02=0) (Q02=0) & /(X01=X) & /(X02=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) & /(X01=X) & /(X02=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) & (Q02=0) & (Q02=0) & (Q8=0)
C-96
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 79
(A22.201.R02)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay
K K K K / / / / / / A01 A02 A03 A04

Switchgear unit
Q01 Q02
Control O/C
Close(d) Close(d)
Interlock equation
(Q02=0) & /(X01=X) & /(X02=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q01=0) & /(X01=X) & /(X02=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)

Switchgear unit
Q01 Q02
Control O/C
Close(d) Close(d)
Interlock equation
/(X01=X) & /(X02=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) /(X01=X) & /(X02=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614
C-97

(continued)
Bay Type No. 80
(A22.201.R04)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay

Switchgear unit
Q01 Q02 X01 X02
Control O/C
Interlock equation
(Q02=0) (Q01=0) (Q01=0) (Q01=0) (Q02=0) (Q02=0) & /(X01=X) & /(X02=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) & /(X01=X) & /(X02=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) & (Q8=0) & (Q8=0)

Switchgear unit
Q01 Q02 X01 X02
Control O/C
Interlock equation
/(X01=X) & /(X02=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) /(X01=X) & /(X02=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q01=0) (Q01=0) & (Q8=0) (Q02=0) (Q02=0) & (Q8=0)
C-98
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 81
(A22.201.R05)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay

Switchgear unit
Q01 Q02 Q8 X01 X02
Control O/C
Interlock equation
(Q02=0) (Q01=0) (X01=0) (Q01=0) (Q01=0) (Q02=0) (Q02=0) & /(X01=X) & /(X02=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) & /(X01=X) & /(X02=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) & (X02=0) & (Q8=0) & (Q8=0)

Switchgear unit
Q01 Q02 Q8 X01 X02
Control O/C
Interlock equation
/(X01=X) & /(X02=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) /(X01=X) & /(X02=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (X01=0) & (X02=0) (Q01=0) (Q01=0) & (Q8=0) (Q02=0) (Q02=0) & (Q8=0)
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614
C-99

(continued)
Bay Type No. 82
(A22.203.R02)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay
K K K K / / / / / / / / A01 A02 A03 A04

Switchgear unit
Q01 Q02
Control O/C
Close(d) Close(d)
Interlock equation
(Q02=0) & /(Q9=X) & /(X01=X) & /(X02=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q01=0) & /(Q9=X) & /(X01=X) & /(X02=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)

Switchgear unit
Q01 Q02
Control O/C
Close(d) Close(d)
Interlock equation
/(Q9=X) & /(X01=X) & /(X02=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) /(Q9=X) & /(X01=X) & /(X02=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)
C-100
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 83
(A22.203.R03)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay
K K K K / / / / K K / / A01 A02 A03 A04
B03 B04

Switchgear unit
Q01 Q02 Q9
Control O/C
Interlock equation
(Q02=0) (Q01=0) (Q01=0) (Q01=0) & & & & /(Q9=X) & /(X01=X) & /(X02=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) /(Q9=X) & /(X01=X) & /(X02=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q02=0) (Q02=0) & (Q8=0)

Switchgear unit
Q01 Q02 Q9
Control O/C
Interlock equation
/(Q9=X) /(Q9=X) (Q01=0) (Q01=0) & & & & /(X01=X) & /(X02=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) /(X01=X) & /(X02=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q02=0) (Q02=0) & (Q8=0)
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614
C-101

(continued)
Bay Type No. 84
(A22.203.R05)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay

Switchgear unit
Q01 Q02 Q9 X01 X02
Control O/C
Interlock equation
(Q02=0) (Q01=0) (Q01=0) (Q01=0) (Q01=0) (Q01=0) (Q02=0) (Q02=0) & & & & /(Q9=X) & /(X01=X) & /(X02=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) /(Q9=X) & /(X01=X) & /(X02=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q02=0) (Q02=0) & (Q8=0)

Switchgear unit
Q01 Q02 Q9 X01 X02
Control O/C
Interlock equation
/(Q9=X) /(Q9=X) (Q01=0) (Q01=0) (Q01=0) (Q01=0) (Q02=0) (Q02=0) & & & & /(X01=X) & /(X02=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) /(X01=X) & /(X02=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q02=0) (Q02=0) & (Q8=0)
C-102
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 85
(A22.203.R06)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay

Switchgear unit
Q01 Q02 Q8 Q9 X01 X02
Control O/C
Interlock equation
(Q02=0) (Q01=0) (Q9=0) (Q01=0) (Q01=0) (Q01=0) (Q01=0) (Q02=0) (Q02=0) & /(Q9=X) & /(X01=X) & /(X02=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) & /(Q9=X) & /(X01=X) & /(X02=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) & (Q02=0) & (Q02=0) & (Q8=0)

Switchgear unit
Q01 Q02 Q8 Q9 X01 X02
Control O/C
Interlock equation
/(Q9=X) /(Q9=X) (Q9=0) (Q01=0) (Q01=0) (Q01=0) (Q01=0) (Q02=0) (Q02=0) & /(X01=X) & /(X02=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) & /(X01=X) & /(X02=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) & (Q02=0) & (Q02=0) & (Q8=0)
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614
C-103

(continued)
Bay Type No. 86
(A23.104.M03)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
U U U U U U U / / A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06 B06
Output relay
K K K K K K / A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06
K B05 K B06

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q2
Control O/C
Interlock equation
/(Q1=X) & /(Q2=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation
C-104
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 87
(A23.104.R01)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
U U U U U U A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06
Output relay
K A01 K A02 / / / /

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614
C-105

(continued)
Bay Type No. 88
(A23.104.R03)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
U U U U U U A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06
Output relay
K K K K K K A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q2
Control O/C
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation
C-106
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 89
(A23.105.M04)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay
K B05 K B06

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q2 Q8
Control O/C
Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Close(d)
Interlock equation
/(Q1=X) & /(Q2=X) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & & (Q8=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q8=0) (Q8=0) (Q2=0)

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q2 Q8
Control O/C
Close(d) Close(d) Close(d) Close(d)
Interlock equation
/(Q1=X) & /(Q2=X) & (Q8=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q8=0) (Q8=0) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614
C-107

(continued)
Bay Type No. 90
(A23.105.R01)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay
K A01 K A02 / / / / / /

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation
/(Q1=X) & /(Q2=X) & (Q8=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation
C-108
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 91
(A23.105.R03)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay
K K K K K K / / A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q2
Control O/C
Interlock equation
/(Q1=X) & /(Q2=X) & (Q8=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q8=0) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q8=0)

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q2
Control O/C
Close(d) Close(d) Close(d)
Interlock equation
/(Q1=X) & /(Q2=X) & (Q8=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q8=0) (Q8=0)
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614
C-109

(continued)
Bay Type No. 92
(A23.105.R04)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q2 Q8
Control O/C
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q2 Q8
Control O/C
Interlock equation
C-110
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 93
(A23.106.M04)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay
K B05 K B06

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q2 Q9
Control O/C
Interlock equation
/(Q1=X) & /(Q2=X) & /(Q9=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) (Q0=0) (Q0=0)

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q9
Control O/C
Interlock equation
/(Q1=X) & /(Q2=X) & /(Q9=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q0=0) (Q0=0)
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614
C-111

(continued)
Bay Type No. 94
(A23.106.R01)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay
K A01 K A02 / / / / / /

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation
/(Q1=X) & /(Q2=X) & /(Q9=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation
C-112
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 95
(A23.106.R04)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q2 Q9
Control O/C
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q9
Control O/C
Interlock equation
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614
C-113

(continued)
Bay Type No. 96
(A23.107.M05)

Switchgear unit
Q0 (DEV01) Q1 (DEV02) Q2 (DEV03) Q9 (DEV04) Q8 (DEV05) Mot.relay (SIG_1: Signal S012) Shunt wd. (CMD_1: Command C011) Mot.relay (CMD_1: Command C012) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d)
Binary input
Output relay
K B05 K B06

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q2 Q8 Q9
Control O/C
Interlock equation
/(Q1=X) & /(Q2=X) & /(Q9=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) (Q9=0) (Q0=0) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q8 Q9
Control O/C
Interlock equation
/(Q1=X) & /(Q2=X) & /(Q9=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q9=0) (Q0=0) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
C-114
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 97
(A23.107.R01)

Switchgear unit
Q0 (DEV01) Q1 (DEV02) Q2 (DEV03) Q9 (DEV04) Q8 (DEV05) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d)
Binary input
Output relay
K A01 K A02 / / / / / / / /

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614
C-115

(continued)
Bay Type No. 98
(A23.107.R04)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q2 Q9
Control O/C
Interlock equation
/(Q1=X) & /(Q2=X) & /(Q9=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) (Q0=0) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q9
Control O/C
Interlock equation
/(Q1=X) & /(Q2=X) & /(Q9=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q0=0) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
C-116
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 99
(A23.107.R05)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q2 Q8 Q9
Control O/C
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q8 Q9
Control O/C
Interlock equation
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614
C-117

(continued)
Bay Type No. 100
(A23.204.M03)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
U U U U U U U / / A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06 B06
Output relay
K K K K K K / A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06
K B05 K B06

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q2
Control O/C
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation
C-118
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 101
(A23.204.R01)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
U U U U U U A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06
Output relay
K A01 K A02 / / / /

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614
C-119

(continued)
Bay Type No. 102
(A23.204.R03)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
U U U U U U A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06
Output relay
K K K K K K A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q2
Control O/C
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation
C-120
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 103
(A23.205.M04)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay
K B05 K B06

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q2 Q8
Control O/C
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q2 Q8
Control O/C
Interlock equation
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614
C-121

(continued)
Bay Type No. 104
(A23.205.R01)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay
K A01 K A02 / / / / / /

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation
C-122
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 105
(A23.205.R03)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay
K K K K K K / / A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q2
Control O/C
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q2
Control O/C
Interlock equation
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614
C-123

(continued)
Bay Type No. 106
(A23.205.R04)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q2 Q8
Control O/C
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q2 Q8
Control O/C
Interlock equation
C-124
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 107
(A23.206.M04)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay
K B05 K B06

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q2 Q9
Control O/C
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q9
Control O/C
Interlock equation
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614
C-125

(continued)
Bay Type No. 108
(A23.206.R01)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay
K A01 K A02 / / / / / /

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation
C-126
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 109
(A23.206.R04)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q2 Q9
Control O/C
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q9
Control O/C
Interlock equation
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614
C-127

(continued)
Bay Type No. 110
(A23.207.M05)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay
K B05 K B06

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q2 Q8 Q9
Control O/C
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q8 Q9
Control O/C
Interlock equation
C-128
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 111
(A23.207.R01)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay
K A01 K A02 / / / / / / / /

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614
C-129

(continued)
Bay Type No. 112
(A23.207.R04)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q2 Q9
Control O/C
Interlock equation
/(Q1=X) & /(Q2=X) & /(Q9=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) (Q0=0) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q9
Control O/C
Interlock equation
/(Q1=X) & /(Q2=X) & /(Q9=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q0=0) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
C-130
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 113
(A23.207.R05)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q2 Q8 Q9
Control O/C
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q8 Q9
Control O/C
Interlock equation
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614
C-131

(continued)
Bay Type No. 114
(A23.404.M03)

Switchgear unit
Q0 (DEV01) Q1 (DEV02) Q2 (DEV03) F (SIG_1: Signal S011) Mot.relay (SIG_1: Signal S012) Shunt wd. (CMD_1: Command C011) Mot.relay (CMD_1: Command C012) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d)
Binary input
U U U U U U U A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06 B05
Output relay
K K K K K K / / K B05 K B06 A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06
U B06 / /

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q2
Control O/C
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation
C-132
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 115
(A23.404.R01)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
U U U U U U U A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06 B05
Output relay
K A01 K A02 / / / / /

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614
C-133

(continued)
Bay Type No. 116
(A23.404.R03)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
U U U U U U U A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06 B05
Output relay
K K K K K K / A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q2
Control O/C
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation
C-134
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 117
(A23.405.M04)

Switchgear unit
Q0 (DEV01) Q1 (DEV02) Q2 (DEV03) Q8 (DEV04) F (SIG_1: Signal S011) Mot.relay (SIG_1: Signal S012) Shunt wd. (CMD_1: Command C011) Mot.relay (CMD_1: Command C012) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d)
Binary input
Output relay
K K K K K K K K / / K B05 K B06 A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06 B01 B02
U B06 / /

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q2 Q8
Control O/C
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q2 Q8
Control O/C
Interlock equation
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614
C-135

(continued)
Bay Type No. 118
(A23.405.R01)

Switchgear unit
Q0 (DEV01) Q1 (DEV02) Q2 (DEV03) Q8 (DEV04) F (SIG_1: Signal S011) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d)
Binary input
Output relay
K A01 K A02 / / / / / / /

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation
C-136
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 119
(A23.405.R03)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay
K K K K K K / / / A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q2
Control O/C
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q2
Control O/C
Interlock equation
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614
C-137

(continued)
Bay Type No. 120
(A23.405.R04)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q2 Q8
Control O/C
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q2 Q8
Control O/C
Interlock equation
C-138
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 222
(A25.105.M03.1)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay
K K K K K K / / / A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06
K B05 K B06

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q2
Control O/C
Interlock equation
(Q8=0) /(Q1=X) & /(Q2=X) & (Q8=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q8=0) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q8=0)

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q2
Control O/C
Open Close(d) Close(d) Close(d)
Interlock equation
(Q8=0) /(Q1=X) & /(Q2=X) & (Q8=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q8=0) (Q8=0)
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614
C-139

(continued)
Bay Type No. 223
(A25.105.M03.2)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay
K K K K K K / / / A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06
K B05 K B06

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q2
Control O/C
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q2
Control O/C
Interlock equation
C-140
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 121
(A25.105.M04.1)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay
K B05 K B06

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q2 Q8
Control O/C
Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d)
Interlock equation
(Q8=0) /(Q1=X) & /(Q2=X) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q0=I) & (Q1=0) & (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & & (Q8=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q8=0) (Q8=0) (Q2=0) (Q2=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q2 Q8
Control O/C
Open Close(d) Close(d) Close(d) Open Close(d)
Interlock equation
(Q8=0) /(Q1=X) & /(Q2=X) & (Q8=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q8=0) (Q8=0) (Q0=I) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614
C-141

(continued)
Bay Type No. 122
(A25.105.M04.2)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay
K B05 K B06

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q2 Q8
Control O/C
Interlock equation
(Q8=0) /(Q1=X) & /(Q2=X) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q0=I) & (Q1=0) & (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & & (Q8=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q8=0) (Q8=0) (Q2=0) (Q2=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & (FctBl2=I)

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q2 Q8
Control O/C
Interlock equation
C-142
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 123
(A25.105.R01.1)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay
K A01 K A02 / / / / / /

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Open Close(d)
Interlock equation
(Q8=0) /(Q1=X) & /(Q2=X) & (Q8=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Open Close(d)
Interlock equation
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614
C-143

(continued)
Bay Type No. 124
(A25.105.R01.2)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay
K A01 K A02 / / / / / /

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Open Close(d)
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Open Close(d)
Interlock equation
C-144
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 224
(A25.105.R03.1)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay
K K K K K K / / A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q2
Control O/C
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q2
Control O/C
Interlock equation
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614
C-145

(continued)
Bay Type No. 225
(A25.105.R03.2)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay
K K K K K K / / A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q2
Control O/C
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q2
Control O/C
Interlock equation
C-146
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 125
(A25.105.R04.1)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q2 Q8
Control O/C
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q2 Q8
Control O/C
Interlock equation
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614
C-147

(continued)
Bay Type No. 126
(A25.105.R04.2)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q2 Q8
Control O/C
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q2 Q8
Control O/C
Interlock equation
C-148
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 127
(A25.128.R01)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay
K A01 K A02 / / / / / / / /

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Open Close(d)
Interlock equation
(Q81=0) & (Q82=0) /(Q1=X) & /(Q2=X) & (Q81=0) & (Q82=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Open Close(d)
Interlock equation
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614
C-149

(continued)
Bay Type No. 128
(A25.128.R05)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q2 Q81 Q82
Control O/C
Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d)
Interlock equation
(Q81=0) & (Q82=0) /(Q1=X) & /(Q2=X) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q0=I) & (Q1=0) & (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q0=I) & (Q1=0) & (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & & (Q81=0) & (Q82=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q81=0) & (Q82=0) (Q81=0) & (Q82=0) (Q2=0) (Q2=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q2=0) (Q2=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q2 Q81 Q82
Control O/C
Open Close(d) Close(d) Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d)
Interlock equation
(Q81=0) & (Q82=0) /(Q1=X) & /(Q2=X) (Q81=0) & (Q82=0) (Q81=0) & (Q82=0) (Q0=I) & (Q1=0) & (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q0=I) & (Q1=0) & (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & & (Q81=0) & (Q82=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)
(Q2=0) (Q2=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q2=0) (Q2=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)
C-150
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 133
(L11.100.R01)
Bus sectionalizer bay with circuit breaker, single busbar

Switchgear unit
Binary input
U U U U A01 A02 A03 A04
Output relay
K A01 K A02 / /

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation
/(X01=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation
/(X01=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614
C-151

(continued)
Bay Type No. 553
(L11.100.R01.2)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
U U U U A01 A02 A03 A04
Output relay
K A01 K A02 / /

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation
/(X01=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation
/(X01=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)
C-152
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 134
(L11.100.R02)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
U U U U A01 A02 A03 A04
Output relay
K K K K A01 A02 A03 A04

Switchgear unit
Q0 X01
Control O/C
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0 X01
Control O/C
Interlock equation
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614
C-153

(continued)
Bay Type No. 528
(L11.102.R01)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
U U U U U U A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06
Output relay
K A01 K A02 / / / /

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation
C-154
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 542
(L11.102.R01.2)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
U U U U U U A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06
Output relay
K A01 K A02 / / / /

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614
C-155

(continued)
Bay Type No. 135
(L11.104.R01)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
U U U U U U A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06
Output relay
K A01 K A02 / / / /

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation
/(X01=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation
/(X01=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)
C-156
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 136
(L11.104.R02)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
U U U U U U A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06
Output relay
K K K K / / A01 A02 A03 A04

Switchgear unit
Q0 X01
Control O/C
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0 X01
Control O/C
Interlock equation
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614
C-157

(continued)
Bay Type No. 137
(L11.104.R03)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
U U U U U U A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06
Output relay
K K K K K K A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q8 X01
Control O/C
Interlock equation
/(X01=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (X01=0) & (Q8=I) (Q0=0) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q8 X01
Control O/C
Interlock equation
C-158
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 547
(L11.112.M04)
Bus sectionalizer bay with circuit breaker, single busbar,direct motor control

Switchgear unit
Q0 (DEV01) X0 (DEV02) Q15 (DEV03) Q16 (DEV04) Mot.relay (SIG_1: Signal S012) Shunt wd. (CMD_1: Command C011) Mot.relay (CMD_1: Command C012) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d)
Binary input
Output relay
K B05 K B06

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q15 Q16 X0
Control O/C
Close(d) Close(d) Close(d) Open Close(d)
Interlock equation
/(X0=X) & (Q15=0) & (Q16=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q15=I) (Q16=I) (Q0=0) (Q0=0) & (Q15=0) & (Q16=0)

Switchgear unit
Q0 X0
Control O/C
Interlock equation
/(X0=X) & (Q15=0) & (Q16=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q0=0) (Q0=0) & (Q15=0) & (Q16=0)
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614
C-159

(continued)
Bay Type No. 564
(L11.112.R01.2)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay
K A01 K A02 / / / / / /

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation
/(X01=X) & (Q15=0) & (Q16=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation
/(X01=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)
C-160
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 138
(L11.116.R01)

Switchgear unit
Q0 (DEV01) X01 (DEV02) X02 (DEV03) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d)
Binary input
U U U U U U A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06
Output relay
K A01 K A02 / / / /

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation
/(X01=X) & /(X02=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614
C-161

(continued)
Bay Type No. 545
(L11.116.R01.2)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
U U U U U U A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06
Output relay
K A01 K A02 / / / /

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation
C-162
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 139
(L11.116.R03)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
U U U U U U A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06
Output relay
K K K K K K A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06

Switchgear unit
Q0 X01 X02
Control O/C
Interlock equation
/(X01=X) & /(X02=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q0=0) (Q0=0) (Q0=0) (Q0=0)

Switchgear unit
Q0 X01 X02
Control O/C
Interlock equation
/(X01=X) & /(X02=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q0=0) (Q0=0) (Q0=0) (Q0=0)
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614
C-163

(continued)
Bay Type No. 548
(L11.120.M03)

Switchgear unit
Q0 (DEV01) Q8 (DEV02) X01 (DEV03) X02 (DEV04) Mot.relay (SIG_1: Signal S012) Shunt wd. (CMD_1: Command C011) Mot.relay (CMD_1: Command C012) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d)
Binary input
Output relay
K K K K K K / / / A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06
K B05 K B06

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q8 X01
Control O/C
Interlock equation
/(X01=X) & /(X02=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (X01=0) & (X02=0) (Q0=0) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q8 X01
Control O/C
Interlock equation
C-164
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 552
(L11.120.M03.2)

Switchgear unit
Q0 (DEV01) Q8 (DEV02) X01 (DEV03) X02 (DEV04) Mot.relay (SIG_1: Signal S012) Shunt wd. (CMD_1: Command C011) Mot.relay (CMD_1: Command C012) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d)
Binary input
Output relay
K K K K K K / / / A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06
K B05 K B06

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q8 X01
Control O/C
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q8 X01
Control O/C
Interlock equation
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614
C-165

(continued)
Bay Type No. 140
(L11.120.R01)

Switchgear unit
Q0 (DEV01) X01 (DEV02) X02 (DEV03) Q8 (DEV04) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d)
Binary input
Output relay
K A01 K A02 / / / / / /

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation
C-166
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 141
(L11.120.R03)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay
K K K K K K / / A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06

Switchgear unit
Q0 X01 X02
Control O/C
Interlock equation
/(X01=X) & /(X02=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q0=0) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0) (Q0=0) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

Switchgear unit
Q0 X01 X02
Control O/C
Interlock equation
/(X01=X) & /(X02=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q0=0) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0) (Q0=0) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614
C-167

(continued)
Bay Type No. 543
(L11.120.R03)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay
K K K K / / K K A01 A02 A03 A04 B01 B02

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q8 X01
Control O/C
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q8 X01
Control O/C
Interlock equation
C-168
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 142
(L11.120.R04)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q8 X01 X02
Control O/C
Interlock equation
/(X01=X) & /(X02=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (X01=0) & (X02=0) (Q0=0) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0) (Q0=0) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q8 X01 X02
Control O/C
Interlock equation
/(X01=X) & /(X02=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (X01=0) & (X02=0) (Q0=0) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0) (Q0=0) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614
C-169

(continued)
Bay Type No. 558
(L11.128.R01)

Switchgear unit
Q0 (DEV01) X01 (DEV02) X02 (DEV03) Q81 (DEV04) Q82 (DEV05) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d)
Binary input
Output relay
K A01 K A02 / / / / / / / /

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation
C-170
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 143
(L13.113.M03)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay
K K K K K K / / / / / A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06
K B05 K B06

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q11 Q12
Control O/C
Interlock equation
/(Q11=X) & /(Q12=X) & (Q81=0) & (Q82=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q0=0) (Q0=0) & (Q81=0) & (Q82=0) (Q0=0) (Q0=0) & (Q81=0) & (Q82=0)

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q11 Q12
Control O/C
Interlock equation
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614
C-171

(continued)
Bay Type No. 144
(L13.113.M05)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay
K B05 K B06

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q11 Q12 Q81 Q82
Control O/C
Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Close(d) Close(d)
Interlock equation
/(Q11=X) (Q0=0) (Q0=0) & (Q0=0) (Q0=0) & (Q0=0) & (Q0=0) & & /(Q12=X) & (Q81=0) & (Q82=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q81=0) & (Q82=0) (Q81=0) & (Q82=0) (Q11=0) & (Q12=0) (Q11=0) & (Q12=0)

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q11 Q12 Q81 Q82
Control O/C
Interlock equation
C-172
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 145
(L13.113.R01)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay
K A01 K A02 / / / / / / / /

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation
/(Q11=X) & /(Q12=X) & (Q81=0) & (Q82=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation
/(Q11=X) & /(Q12=X) & (Q81=0) & (Q82=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614
C-173

(continued)
Bay Type No. 146
(L13.113.R03)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay
K K K K K K / / / / A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q11 Q12
Control O/C
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q11 Q12
Control O/C
Interlock equation
C-174
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 517
(L13.113.R03.2)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay
K K K K / / K K / / A01 A02 A03 A04 B01 B02

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q11 Q81
Control O/C
Interlock equation
/(Q11=X) & /(Q12=X) & (Q81=0) & (Q82=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q0=0) (Q0=0) & (Q81=0) & (Q82=0) (Q0=0) & (Q11=0) & (Q12=0)

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q11 Q81
Control O/C
Interlock equation
/(Q11=X) & /(Q12=X) & (Q81=0) & (Q82=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q0=0) (Q0=0) & (Q81=0) & (Q82=0) (Q0=0) & (Q11=0) & (Q12=0)
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614
C-175

(continued)
Bay Type No. 147
(L13.113.R05)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q11 Q12 Q81 Q82
Control O/C
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q11 Q12 Q81 Q82
Control O/C
Interlock equation
C-176
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 148
(L13.200.R01)
Bus sectionalizer bay with switch disconnector, single busbar

Switchgear unit
Binary input
U A01 U A02
Output relay
K A01 K A02


P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614
C-177

(continued)
Bay Type No. 149
(L13.202.R01)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
U U U U U U A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06
Output relay
K A01 K A02 / / / /

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation
(Q15=0) & (Q16=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation
(Q15=0) & (Q16=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)
C-178
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 150
(L13.202.R03)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
U U U U U U A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06
Output relay
K K K K K K A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q15 Q16
Control O/C
Interlock equation
(Q15=0) & (Q16=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q0=0) & (Q15=I) (Q0=0) & (Q16=I)

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q15 Q16
Control O/C
Interlock equation
(Q15=0) & (Q16=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q0=0) (Q0=0)
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614
C-179

(continued)
Bay Type No. 226
(L15.113.M03)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay
K K K K K K / / / / / A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06
K B05 K B06

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q11 Q12
Control O/C
Interlock equation
(Q15=0) & (Q16=0) /(Q11=X) & /(Q12=X) & (Q15=0) & (Q16=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q0=0) (Q0=0) & (Q15=0) (Q0=0) (Q0=0) & (Q16=0)

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q11 Q12
Control O/C
Interlock equation
C-180
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 151
(L15.113.M05)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay
K B05 K B06

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q11 Q12 Q15 Q16
Control O/C
Interlock equation
(Q15=0) & (Q16=0) /(Q11=X) & /(Q12=X) & (Q15=0) & (Q16=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q0=0) (Q0=0) & (Q15=0) (Q0=0) (Q0=0) & (Q16=0) (Q0=I) & (Q12=I) (Q0=0) & (Q11=0) & (Q12=I) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) & (Q15=I) (Q0=I) & (Q11=I) (Q0=0) & (Q12=0) & (Q11=I) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) & (Q16=I)

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q11 Q12 Q15 Q16
Control O/C
Interlock equation
(Q15=0) & (Q16=0) /(Q11=X) & /(Q12=X) & (Q15=0) & (Q16=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q0=0) (Q0=0) & (Q15=0) (Q0=0) (Q0=0) & (Q16=0) (Q0=I) & (Q12=I) (Q0=0) & (Q11=0) & (Q12=I) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q0=I) & (Q11=I) (Q0=0) & (Q12=0) & (Q11=I) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614
C-181

(continued)
Bay Type No. 152
(L15.113.R01)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay
K A01 K A02 / / / / / / / /

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Open Close(d)
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Open Close(d)
Interlock equation
C-182
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 227
(L15.113.R03)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay
K K K K K K / / / / A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q11 Q12
Control O/C
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q11 Q12
Control O/C
Interlock equation
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614
C-183

(continued)
Bay Type No. 153
(L15.113.R05)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q11 Q12 Q15 Q16
Control O/C
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q11 Q12 Q15 Q16
Control O/C
Interlock equation
C-184
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 154
(L21.101.M04.1)
Bus sectionalizer bay with circuit breaker, double busbar,direct motor control

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay
K B05 K B06

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q11 Q12 X0
Control O/C
Interlock equation
/(Q11=X) & /(Q12=X) & /(X0=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q0=0) (Q0=0) (Q0=0) (Q0=0) (Q0=0) & (Q11=0) & (Q12=0) (Q0=0) & (Q11=0) & (Q12=0)

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q11 Q12 X0
Control O/C
Interlock equation
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614
C-185

(continued)
Bay Type No. 155
(L21.101.M04.2)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay
K B05 K B06

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q21 Q22 X0
Control O/C
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q21 Q22 X0
Control O/C
Interlock equation
C-186
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 156
(L21.101.R01.1)
Bus sectionalizer bay with circuit breaker, double busbar

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay
K A01 K A02 / / / / / /

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614
C-187

(continued)
Bay Type No. 157
(L21.101.R01.2)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay
K A01 K A02 / / / / / /

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation
C-188
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 158
(L21.101.R03.1)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay
K K K K K K / / A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q11 Q12
Control O/C
Interlock equation
/(Q11=X) & /(Q12=X) & /(X0=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q0=0) (Q0=0) (Q0=0) (Q0=0)

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q11 Q12
Control O/C
Interlock equation
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614
C-189

(continued)
Bay Type No. 159
(L21.101.R03.2)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay
K K K K K K / / A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q21 Q22
Control O/C
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q21 Q22
Control O/C
Interlock equation
C-190
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 160
(L21.101.R04.1)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q11 Q12 X0
Control O/C
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q11 Q12 X0
Control O/C
Interlock equation
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614
C-191

(continued)
Bay Type No. 161
(L21.101.R04.2)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q21 Q22 X0
Control O/C
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q21 Q22 X0
Control O/C
Interlock equation
C-192
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 513
(L21.109.R03.1)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay
K K K K K K / / / / A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q11 Q12
Control O/C
Interlock equation
/(Q11=X) & /(Q12=X) & /(X0=X) & (Q8=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q0=0) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0) (Q0=0) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q11 Q12
Control O/C
Interlock equation
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614
C-193

(continued)
Bay Type No. 514
(L21.109.R03.2)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay
K K K K K K / / / / A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q21 Q22
Control O/C
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q21 Q22
Control O/C
Interlock equation
C-194
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 162
(L23.101.R02)

Switchgear unit
Q01 (DEV01) Q02 (DEV02) Q11 (DEV03) Q12 (DEV04) Q21 (DEV05) Q22 (DEV06) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d)
Binary input
Output relay
K K K K / / / / / / / / A01 A02 A03 A04

Switchgear unit
Q01 Q02
Control O/C
Close(d) Close(d)
Interlock equation
/(Q11=X) & /(Q12=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) /(Q21=X) & /(Q22=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)

Switchgear unit
Q01 Q02
Control O/C
Close(d) Close(d)
Interlock equation
/(Q11=X) & /(Q12=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) /(Q21=X) & /(Q22=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614
C-195

(continued)
Bay Type No. 163
(L23.101.R06)

Switchgear unit
Q01 (DEV01) Q02 (DEV02) Q11 (DEV03) Q12 (DEV04) Q21 (DEV05) Q22 (DEV06) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d)
Binary input
Output relay

Switchgear unit
Q01 Q02 Q11 Q12 Q21 Q22
Control O/C
Close(d) Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d)
Interlock equation
/(Q11=X) & /(Q12=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) /(Q21=X) & /(Q22=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q01=0) (Q01=0) (Q01=0) (Q01=0) (Q02=0) (Q02=0) (Q02=0) (Q02=0)

Switchgear unit
Q01 Q02 Q11 Q12 Q21 Q22
Control O/C
Close(d) Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d)
Interlock equation
/(Q11=X) & /(Q12=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) /(Q21=X) & /(Q22=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q01=0) (Q01=0) (Q01=0) (Q01=0) (Q02=0) (Q02=0) (Q02=0) (Q02=0)
C-196
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 554
(L23.901.M01.1)
Bus sectionalizer bay with other switchgear unit, double busbar,direct motor control

Switchgear unit
Q11 (DEV01) Mot.relay (SIG_1: Signal S012) Shunt wd. (CMD_1: Command C011) Mot.relay (CMD_1: Command C012) Open Close(d)
Binary input
U A01 U A02 U B06 / /
Output relay
K A01 K A02 / K B05 K B06


P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614
C-197

(continued)
Bay Type No. 555
(L23.901.M01.2)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
U A01 U A02 U B06 / /
Output relay
K A01 K A02 / K B05 K B06


C-198
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 164
(L23.901.R02)
Bus sectionalizer bay with other switchgear unit, double busbar

Switchgear unit
Binary input
U U U U A01 A02 A03 A04
Output relay
K K K K A01 A02 A03 A04

Switchgear unit
Q11 Q21
Control O/C
Interlock equation
(Q11=0) (Q11=I) (Q21=0) (Q21=I)

P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614
C-199

(continued)
Bay Type No. 242
(L23.903.M01.3)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
U U U U U U U / / A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06 B06
Output relay
K A01 K A02 / / / / / K B05 K B06

Switchgear unit
Q12
Control O/C
Open Close(d)
Interlock equation
(Q12=0) (Q12=I)

C-200
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 243
(L23.903.M01.4)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
U U U U U U U / / A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06 B06
Output relay
K A01 K A02 / / / / / K B05 K B06

Switchgear unit
Q21
Control O/C
Open Close(d)
Interlock equation
(Q21=0) (Q21=I)

P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614
C-201

(continued)
Bay Type No. 511
(L23.903.M02)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay
K K K K / / / / / A01 A02 A03 A04
K B05 K B06

Switchgear unit
Q11 Q21
Control O/C
Interlock equation
(Q11=0) (Q11=I) (Q21=0) (Q21=I)

C-202
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 228
(L25.113.M03.1)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay
K K K K K K / / / / / A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06
K B05 K B06

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q11 Q12
Control O/C
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q11 Q12
Control O/C
Interlock equation
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614
C-203

(continued)
Bay Type No. 229
(L25.113.M03.2)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay
K K K K K K / / / / / A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06
K B05 K B06

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q21 Q22
Control O/C
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q21 Q22
Control O/C
Interlock equation
C-204
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 165
(L25.113.M05.1)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay
K B05 K B06

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q11 Q12 Q15 Q16
Control O/C
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q11 Q12 Q15 Q16
Control O/C
Interlock equation
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614
C-205

(continued)
Bay Type No. 166
(L25.113.M05.2)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay
K B05 K B06

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q21 Q22 Q25 Q26
Control O/C
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q21 Q22 Q25 Q26
Control O/C
Interlock equation
C-206
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 167
(L25.113.R01.1)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay
K A01 K A02 / / / / / / / /

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Open Close(d)
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Open Close(d)
Interlock equation
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614
C-207

(continued)
Bay Type No. 168
(L25.113.R01.2)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay
K A01 K A02 / / / / / / / /

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Open Close(d)
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Open Close(d)
Interlock equation
C-208
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 230
(L25.113.R03.1)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay
K K K K K K / / / / A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q11 Q12
Control O/C
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q11 Q12
Control O/C
Interlock equation
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614
C-209

(continued)
Bay Type No. 231
(L25.113.R03.2)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay
K K K K K K / / / / A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q21 Q22
Control O/C
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q21 Q22
Control O/C
Interlock equation
C-210
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 169
(L25.113.R05.1)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q11 Q12 Q15 Q16
Control O/C
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q11 Q12 Q15 Q16
Control O/C
Interlock equation
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614
C-211

(continued)
Bay Type No. 170
(L25.113.R05.2)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q21 Q22 Q25 Q26
Control O/C
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q21 Q22 Q25 Q26
Control O/C
Interlock equation
C-212
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 505
(Q21.100.R01)
Bus coupler bay with circuit breaker, double busbar

Switchgear unit
Binary input
U U U U A01 A02 A03 A04
Output relay
K A01 K A02 / /

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614
C-213

(continued)
Bay Type No. 197
(Q21.101.M04)
Bus coupler bay with circuit breaker, double busbar,direct motor control

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay
K B05 K B06

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q10 Q20 X0
Control O/C
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q10 Q20 X0
Control O/C
Interlock equation
C-214
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 198
(Q21.101.R01)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay
K A01 K A02 / / / / / /

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614
C-215

(continued)
Bay Type No. 199
(Q21.101.R03)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay
K K K K K K / / A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q10 Q20
Control O/C
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q10 Q20
Control O/C
Interlock equation
C-216
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 200
(Q21.101.R04)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q10 Q20 X0
Control O/C
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q10 Q20 X0
Control O/C
Interlock equation
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614
C-217

(continued)
Bay Type No. 556
(Q21.112.M04)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay
K B05 K B06

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q15 Q25 X0
Control O/C
Interlock equation
/(X0=X) & (Q15=0) & (Q25=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q15=I) (Q25=I) (Q0=0) (Q0=0)

Switchgear unit
Q0 X0
Control O/C
Interlock equation
/(X0=X) & (Q15=0) & (Q25=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q0=0) (Q0=0)
C-218
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 565
(Q21.112.M04.2)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay
K B05 K B06

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q15 Q25 X0
Control O/C
Interlock equation
/(X0=X) & (Q15=0) & (Q25=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q15=I) (Q25=I) (Q0=0) (Q0=0)

Switchgear unit
Q0 X0
Control O/C
Interlock equation
/(X0=X) & (Q15=0) & (Q25=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q0=0) (Q0=0)
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614
C-219

(continued)
Bay Type No. 201
(Q21.117.R01)

Switchgear unit
Q0 (DEV01) Q10 (DEV02) Q20 (DEV03) Q11 (DEV04) Q21 (DEV05) X0 (DEV06) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d)
Binary input
Output relay
K A01 K A02 / / / / / / / / / /

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation
C-220
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 202
(Q21.117.R05)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q10 Q20
Control O/C
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q10 Q20
Control O/C
Interlock equation
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614
C-221

(continued)
Bay Type No. 203
(Q21.117.R06)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q10 Q20 X0
Control O/C
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q10 Q20 X0
Control O/C
Interlock equation
C-222
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 245
(Q21.132.R01)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay
K A01 K A02 / / / / / /

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614
C-223

(continued)
Bay Type No. 563
(Q21.133.R01)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
U U U U U U A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06
Output relay
K A01 K A02 / / / /

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation
C-224
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 204
(Q23.101.M03)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
U U U U U U U / / A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06 B06
Output relay
K K K K K K / A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06
K B05 K B06

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q10 Q20
Control O/C
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q10 Q20
Control O/C
Interlock equation
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614
C-225

(continued)
Bay Type No. 205
(Q23.101.R01)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
U U U U U U A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06
Output relay
K A01 K A02 / / / /

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation
C-226
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 206
(Q23.101.R03)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
U U U U U U A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06
Output relay
K K K K K K A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q10 Q20
Control O/C
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q10 Q20
Control O/C
Interlock equation
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614
C-227

(continued)
Bay Type No. 207
(Q23.117.R01)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay
K A01 K A02 / / / / / / / /

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation
C-228
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 208
(Q23.117.R05)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q10 Q20
Control O/C
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q10 Q20
Control O/C
Interlock equation
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614
C-229

(continued)
Bay Type No. 236
(Q25.105.M03)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay
K K K K K K / / / A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06
K B05 K B06

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q10 Q20
Control O/C
Interlock equation
(Q8=0) /(Q10=X) & /(Q20=X) & (Q8=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q0=0) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0) (Q0=0) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q10 Q20
Control O/C
Interlock equation
(Q8=0) /(Q10=X) (Q0=0) (Q0=0) & (Q0=0) & (Q0=0) & & /(Q20=X) & (Q8=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q8=0) (Q8=0) (Q8=0)
C-230
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 209
(Q25.105.M04)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay
K B05 K B06

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q10 Q20 Q8
Control O/C
Interlock equation
(Q8=0) /(Q10=X) (Q0=0) (Q0=0) & (Q0=0) (Q0=0) & (Q0=I) & (Q0=0) & & /(Q20=X) & (Q8=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q8=0) (Q8=0) (Q20=I) (Q10=0) & (Q20=I) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) & (Q8=I)

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q10 Q20 Q8
Control O/C
Interlock equation
(Q8=0) /(Q10=X) (Q0=0) (Q0=0) & (Q0=0) & (Q0=0) & (Q0=I) & (Q0=0) & & /(Q20=X) & (Q8=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q8=0) (Q8=0) (Q8=0) (Q20=I) (Q10=0) & (Q20=I) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614
C-231

(continued)
Bay Type No. 210
(Q25.105.R01)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay
K A01 K A02 / / / / / /

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Open Close(d)
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Open Close(d)
Interlock equation
C-232
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 237
(Q25.105.R03)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay
K K K K K K / / A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q10 Q20
Control O/C
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q10 Q20
Control O/C
Interlock equation
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614
C-233

(continued)
Bay Type No. 211
(Q25.105.R04)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q10 Q20 Q8
Control O/C
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q10 Q20 Q8
Control O/C
Interlock equation
(Q8=0) /(Q10=X) (Q0=0) (Q0=0) & (Q0=0) (Q0=0) & (Q0=I) & (Q0=0) & & /(Q20=X) & (Q8=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q8=0) (Q8=0) (Q20=I) (Q10=0) & (Q20=I) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)
C-234
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 238
(Q25.109.M03)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay
K K K K K K / / / A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06
K B05 K B06

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q10 Q20
Control O/C
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q10 Q20
Control O/C
Interlock equation
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614
C-235

(continued)
Bay Type No. 212
(Q25.109.M04)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay
K B05 K B06

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q10 Q20 Q8
Control O/C
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q10 Q20 Q8
Control O/C
Interlock equation
C-236
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 213
(Q25.109.R01)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay
K A01 K A02 / / / / / /

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Open Close(d)
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Open Close(d)
Interlock equation
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614
C-237

(continued)
Bay Type No. 239
(Q25.109.R03)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay
K K K K K K / / A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q10 Q20
Control O/C
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q10 Q20
Control O/C
Interlock equation
C-238
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 214
(Q25.109.R04)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q10 Q20 Q8
Control O/C
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q10 Q20 Q8
Control O/C
Interlock equation
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614
C-239

(continued)
Bay Type No. 240
(Q25.113.M03)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay
K K K K K K / / / / / A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06
K B05 K B06

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q10 Q20
Control O/C
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q10 Q20
Control O/C
Interlock equation
C-240
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 215
(Q25.113.M05)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay
K B05 K B06

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q10 Q15 Q20 Q25
Control O/C
Interlock equation
(Q15=0) & (Q25=0) /(Q10=X) & /(Q20=X) & (Q15=0) & (Q25=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q0=0) (Q0=0) & (Q15=0) (Q0=I) & (Q20=I) (Q0=0) & (Q10=0) & (Q20=I) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) & (Q15=I) (Q0=0) (Q0=0) & (Q25=0) (Q0=I) & (Q10=I) (Q0=0) & (Q20=0) & (Q10=I) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) & (Q25=I)

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q10 Q15 Q20 Q25
Control O/C
Interlock equation
(Q15=0) & (Q25=0) /(Q10=X) & /(Q20=X) & (Q15=0) & (Q25=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q0=0) (Q0=0) & (Q15=0) (Q0=I) & (Q20=I) (Q0=0) & (Q10=0) & (Q20=I) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q0=0) (Q0=0) & (Q25=0) (Q0=I) & (Q10=I) (Q0=0) & (Q20=0) & (Q10=I) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614
C-241

(continued)
Bay Type No. 216
(Q25.113.R01)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay
K A01 K A02 / / / / / / / /

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Open Close(d)
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Open Close(d)
Interlock equation
C-242
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 241
(Q25.113.R03)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay
K K K K K K / / / / A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q10 Q20
Control O/C
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q10 Q20
Control O/C
Interlock equation
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614
C-243

(continued)
Bay Type No. 217
(Q25.113.R05)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q10 Q15 Q20 Q25
Control O/C
Interlock equation
(Q15=0) & (Q25=0) /(Q10=X) & /(Q20=X) & (Q15=0) & (Q25=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q0=0) (Q0=0) & (Q15=0) (Q0=I) & (Q20=I) (Q0=0) & (Q10=0) & (Q20=I) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) & (Q15=I) (Q0=0) (Q0=0) & (Q25=0) (Q0=I) & (Q10=I) (Q0=0) & (Q20=0) & (Q10=I) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) & (Q25=I)

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q10 Q15 Q20 Q25
Control O/C
Interlock equation
(Q15=0) & (Q25=0) /(Q10=X) & /(Q20=X) & (Q15=0) & (Q25=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q0=0) (Q0=0) & (Q15=0) (Q0=I) & (Q20=I) (Q0=0) & (Q10=0) & (Q20=I) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q0=0) (Q0=0) & (Q25=0) (Q0=I) & (Q10=I) (Q0=0) & (Q20=0) & (Q10=I) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)
C-244
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 218
(K29.101.R02)
Bus coupler and sectionalizer bay with circuit breaker, double busbar

Switchgear unit
Q0 (DEV01) Q10 (DEV02) Q20 (DEV03) Q11 (DEV04) Q21 (DEV05) X0 (DEV06) Q1 (DEV07) Q2 (DEV08) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d)
Binary input
U U U U U U U U U U U U U U U U A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06 B01 B02 B03 B04 B05 B06 C01 C02 C03 C04
Output relay
/ / K K K K / / / / / / / / / /
A03 A04 A05 A06

Switchgear unit
Q10 Q20
Control O/C
Interlock equation
(Q0=0) (Q0=0) & (Q20=0) (Q0=0) (Q0=0) & (Q10=0)

Switchgear unit
Q10 Q20
Control O/C
Interlock equation
(Q0=0) (Q0=0) & (Q20=0) (Q0=0) (Q0=0) & (Q10=0)
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614
C-245

(continued)
Bay Type No. 219
(K29.101.R06)
Bus coupler and sectionalizer bay with circuit breaker, double busbar

Switchgear unit
Q0 (DEV01) Q1 (DEV02) Q2 (DEV03) Q11 (DEV04) Q21 (DEV05) X0 (DEV06) Q10 (DEV07) Q20 (DEV08) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d)
Binary input
U U U U U U U U U U U U U U U U A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06 B01 B02 B03 B04 B05 B06 C01 C02 C03 C04
Output relay
K K K K K K K K K K K K / / / / A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06 B01 B02 B03 B04 B05 B06

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q11 Q2 Q21 X0
Control O/C
Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d)
Interlock equation
/(Q1=X) & /(Q2=X) (Q0=0) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0) (Q0=I) & (Q1=I) & (Q0=I) & (Q1=I) & (Q0=0) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) (Q0=I) & (Q2=I) & (Q0=I) & (Q2=I) & (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & & /(X0=X) & /(Q10=X) & /(Q20=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)
(Q10=I) & (X0=I) (Q10=I) & (X0=I)
(Q20=I) & (X0=I) (Q20=I) & (X0=I) (Q2=0) & (Q10=0) & (Q20=0) (Q2=0) & (Q10=0) & (Q20=0)

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q11 Q2 Q21 X0
Control O/C
Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d)
Interlock equation
/(Q1=X) & /(Q2=X) (Q0=0) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0) (Q0=I) & (Q1=I) & (Q0=I) & (Q1=I) & (Q0=0) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) (Q0=I) & (Q2=I) & (Q0=I) & (Q2=I) & (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & & /(X0=X) & /(Q10=X) & /(Q20=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)
(Q10=I) & (X0=I) (Q10=I) & (X0=I)
(Q20=I) & (X0=I) (Q20=I) & (X0=I) (Q2=0) & (Q10=0) & (Q20=0) (Q2=0) & (Q10=0) & (Q20=0)
C-246
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 171
(M11.300.R00)
Busbar measurement bay with fuse unit, single busbar

Switchgear unit
X0 (DEV01) F (SIG_1: Signal S011) Open Close(d)
Binary input
U A01 U A02 U B05
Output relay
/ / /


P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614
C-247

(continued)
Bay Type No. 172
(M11.300.R01)

Switchgear unit
X0 (DEV01) F (SIG_1: Signal S011) Open Close(d)
Binary input
U A01 U A02 U B05
Output relay
K A01 K A02 /


C-248
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 540
(M11.304.R02)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
U U U U U A01 A02 A03 A04 B05
Output relay
K K K K / A01 A02 A03 A04

Switchgear unit
Q15
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation
(Q15=I)

P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614
C-249

(continued)
Bay Type No. 173
(M11.900.R00)
Busbar measurement bay with other switchgear unit, single busbar

Switchgear unit
Binary input
U A01 U A02
Output relay
/ /


C-250
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 174
(M11.900.R01)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
U A01 U A02
Output relay
K A01 K A02


P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614
C-251

(continued)
Bay Type No. 175
(M13.312.M02)
Busbar measurement bay with fuse unit, single busbar,direct motor control

Switchgear unit
Q1 (DEV01) Q15 (DEV02) F (SIG_1: Signal S011) Mot.relay (SIG_1: Signal S012) Shunt wd. (CMD_1: Command C011) Mot.relay (CMD_1: Command C012) Open Close(d) Open Close(d)
Binary input
U U U U U A01 A02 A03 A04 B05
Output relay
K K K K / / K B05 K B06 A01 A02 A03 A04
U B06 / /

Switchgear unit
Q15
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation
(Q15=I)

C-252
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 176
(M13.312.R01)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
U U U U U A01 A02 A03 A04 B05
Output relay
K A01 K A02 / / /


P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614
C-253

(continued)
Bay Type No. 177
(M13.312.R02)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
U U U U U A01 A02 A03 A04 B05
Output relay
K K K K / A01 A02 A03 A04

Switchgear unit
Q15
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation
(Q15=I)

C-254
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 506
(M13.902.R00)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
U A01 U A02
Output relay
/ /


P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614
C-255

(continued)
Bay Type No. 232
(M15.903.M01)
Busbar measurement bay with other switchgear unit, single busbar,direct motor control

Switchgear unit
Binary input
U U U U U / / A01 A02 A03 A04 B06
Output relay
K A01 K A02 / / / K B05 K B06

Switchgear unit
Q1
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation
(Q8=0)

Switchgear unit
Q1
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation
(Q8=0)
C-256
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 178
(M15.903.M02)
Busbar measurement bay with other switchgear unit, single busbar,direct motor control

Switchgear unit
Binary input
U U U U U / / A01 A02 A03 A04 B06
Output relay
K K K K / A01 A02 A03 A04
K B05 K B06

Switchgear unit
Q1 Q8
Control O/C
Close(d) Close(d)
Interlock equation
(Q8=0) (Q1=0)

Switchgear unit
Q1 Q8
Control O/C
Close(d) Close(d)
Interlock equation
(Q8=0) (Q1=0)
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614
C-257

(continued)
Bay Type No. 233
(M15.903.R01)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
U U U U A01 A02 A03 A04
Output relay
K A01 K A02 / /

Switchgear unit
Q1
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation
(Q8=0)

Switchgear unit
Q1
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation
(Q8=0)
C-258
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 179
(M15.903.R02)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
U U U U A01 A02 A03 A04
Output relay
K K K K A01 A02 A03 A04

Switchgear unit
Q1 Q8
Control O/C
Close(d) Close(d)
Interlock equation
(Q8=0) (Q1=0)

Switchgear unit
Q1 Q8
Control O/C
Close(d) Close(d)
Interlock equation
(Q8=0) (Q1=0)
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614
C-259

(continued)
Bay Type No. 180
(M21.302.R02)
Busbar measurement bay with fuse unit, double busbar

Switchgear unit
Q1 (DEV01) Q2 (DEV02) X01 (DEV03) X02 (DEV04) F1 (SIG_1: Signal S011) F2 (SIG_1: Signal S012) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d)
Binary input
Output relay
K K K K / / / / / / A01 A02 A03 A04
U B06


C-260
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 181
(M21.302.R04)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay
U B06

Switchgear unit
X01 X02
Control O/C
Interlock equation
(Q1=0) (Q1=0) (Q2=0) (Q2=0)

Switchgear unit
X01 X02
Control O/C
Interlock equation
(Q1=0) (Q1=0) (Q2=0) (Q2=0)
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614
C-261

(continued)
Bay Type No. 182
(M21.312.R02)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay
K K K K / / / / / / A01 A02 A03 A04
U B06

Switchgear unit
Q15 Q25
Control O/C
Close(d) Close(d)
Interlock equation
(Q15=I) (Q25=I)

C-262
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 183
(M21.312.R04)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay
U B06

Switchgear unit
Q15 Q25
Control O/C
Close(d) Close(d)
Interlock equation
(Q15=I) (Q25=I)

P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614
C-263

(continued)
Bay Type No. 184
(M21.902.R02)
Busbar measurement bay with other switchgear unit, double busbar

Switchgear unit
Q1 (DEV01) Q2 (DEV02) X01 (DEV03) X02 (DEV04) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d)
Binary input
Output relay
K K K K / / / / A01 A02 A03 A04


C-264
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 185
(M21.902.R04)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay

Switchgear unit
X01 X02
Control O/C
Interlock equation
(Q1=0) (Q1=0) (Q2=0) (Q2=0)

Switchgear unit
X01 X02
Control O/C
Interlock equation
(Q1=0) (Q1=0) (Q2=0) (Q2=0)
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614
C-265

(continued)
Bay Type No. 186
(M21.912.R02)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay
K K K K / / / / A01 A02 A03 A04

Switchgear unit
Q15 Q25
Control O/C
Close(d) Close(d)
Interlock equation
(Q15=I) (Q25=I)

C-266
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 187
(M21.912.R04)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay

Switchgear unit
Q15 Q25
Control O/C
Close(d) Close(d)
Interlock equation
(Q15=I) (Q25=I)

P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614
C-267

(continued)
Bay Type No. 188
(M23.302.R02)

Switchgear unit
Q1 (DEV01) Q2 (DEV02) F1 (SIG_1: Signal S011) F2 (SIG_1: Signal S012) Open Close(d) Open Close(d)
Binary input
U U U U U A01 A02 A03 A04 B05
Output relay
K K K K / / A01 A02 A03 A04
U B06


C-268
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 189
(M23.312.R02)

Switchgear unit
Q15 (DEV01) Q25 (DEV02) F1 (SIG_1: Signal S011) F2 (SIG_1: Signal S012) Open Close(d) Open Close(d)
Binary input
U U U U U A01 A02 A03 A04 B05
Output relay
K K K K / / A01 A02 A03 A04
U B06

Switchgear unit
Q15 Q25
Control O/C
Close(d) Close(d)
Interlock equation
(Q15=I) (Q25=I)

P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614
C-269

(continued)
Bay Type No. 190
(M23.328.M04)
Busbar measurement bay with fuse unit, double busbar,direct motor control

Switchgear unit
Q1 (DEV01) Q2 (DEV02) Q15 (DEV03) Q25 (DEV04) F2 (SIG_1: Signal S010) F1 (SIG_1: Signal S011) Mot.relay (SIG_1: Signal S012) Shunt wd. (CMD_1: Command C011) Mot.relay (CMD_1: Command C012) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d)
Binary input
Output relay
K K K K K K K K / / / K B05 K B06 A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06 B01 B02
U B05 U B06 / /

Switchgear unit
Q15 Q25
Control O/C
Close(d) Close(d)
Interlock equation
(Q15=I) (Q25=I)

C-270
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 191
(M23.328.R02)

Switchgear unit
Q1 (DEV01) Q2 (DEV02) Q15 (DEV03) Q25 (DEV04) F1 (SIG_1: Signal S011) F2 (SIG_1: Signal S012) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d)
Binary input
Output relay
K K K K / / / / / / A01 A02 A03 A04
U B06


P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614
C-271

(continued)
Bay Type No. 192
(M23.328.R04)

Switchgear unit
Q1 (DEV01) Q2 (DEV02) Q15 (DEV03) Q25 (DEV04) F1 (SIG_1: Signal S011) F2 (SIG_1: Signal S012) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d)
Binary input
Output relay
U B06

Switchgear unit
Q15 Q25
Control O/C
Close(d) Close(d)
Interlock equation
(Q15=I) (Q25=I)

C-272
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 193
(M23.902.R02)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
U U U U A01 A02 A03 A04
Output relay
K K K K A01 A02 A03 A04


P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614
C-273

(continued)
Bay Type No. 559
(M23.904.R00)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
U A01 U A02
Output relay
/ /


C-274
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 509
(M23.906.M01)
Busbar measurement bay with other switchgear unit, double busbar,direct motor control

Switchgear unit
Binary input
U U U U U / / A01 A02 A03 A04 B06
Output relay
K A01 K A02 / / / K B05 K B06


P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614
C-275

(continued)
Bay Type No. 529
(M23.906.M02)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
U U U U U / / A01 A02 A03 A04 B06
Output relay
K K K K / A01 A02 A03 A04
K B05 K B06

Switchgear unit
Q15
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation
(Q15=I)

C-276
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 560
(M23.908.R00)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
U A01 U A02
Output relay
/ /


P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614
C-277

(continued)
Bay Type No. 510
(M23.910.M01)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
U U U U U / / A01 A02 A03 A04 B06
Output relay
K A01 K A02 / / / K B05 K B06


C-278
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 530
(M23.910.M02)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
U U U U U / / A01 A02 A03 A04 B06
Output relay
K K K K / A01 A02 A03 A04
K B05 K B06

Switchgear unit
Q25
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation
(Q25=I)

P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614
C-279

(continued)
Bay Type No. 194
(M23.912.R02)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
U U U U A01 A02 A03 A04
Output relay
K K K K A01 A02 A03 A04

Switchgear unit
Q15 Q25
Control O/C
Close(d) Close(d)
Interlock equation
(Q15=I) (Q25=I)

C-280
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 234
(M25.903.M02)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay
K K K K / / / / / A01 A02 A03 A04
K B05 K B06

Switchgear unit
Q1 Q2
Control O/C
Close(d) Close(d)
Interlock equation
(Q81=0) (Q82=0)

Switchgear unit
Q1 Q2
Control O/C
Close(d) Close(d)
Interlock equation
(Q81=0) (Q82=0)
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614
C-281

(continued)
Bay Type No. 195
(M25.903.M04)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay
K B05 K B06

Switchgear unit
Q1 Q2 Q81 Q82
Control O/C
Interlock equation
(Q81=0) (Q82=0) (Q1=0) (Q2=0)

Switchgear unit
Q1 Q2 Q81 Q82
Control O/C
Interlock equation
(Q81=0) (Q82=0) (Q1=0) (Q2=0)
C-282
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 235
(M25.903.R02)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay
K K K K / / / / A01 A02 A03 A04

Switchgear unit
Q1 Q2
Control O/C
Close(d) Close(d)
Interlock equation
(Q81=0) (Q82=0)

Switchgear unit
Q1 Q2
Control O/C
Close(d) Close(d)
Interlock equation
(Q81=0) (Q82=0)
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614
C-283

(continued)
Bay Type No. 196
(M25.903.R04)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay

Switchgear unit
Q1 Q2 Q81 Q82
Control O/C
Interlock equation
(Q81=0) (Q82=0) (Q1=0) (Q2=0)

Switchgear unit
Q1 Q2 Q81 Q82
Control O/C
Interlock equation
(Q81=0) (Q82=0) (Q1=0) (Q2=0)
C-284
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 129
(E13.901.M01)
Busbar grounding bay with other switchgear unit, single busbar,direct motor control

Switchgear unit
Binary input
U A01 U A02 U B06 / /
Output relay
K A01 K A02 / K B05 K B06

Switchgear unit
Q15
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation
(Q15=I)

P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614
C-285

(continued)
Bay Type No. 130
(E13.901.R01)
Busbar grounding bay with other switchgear unit, single busbar

Switchgear unit
Binary input
U A01 U A02
Output relay
K A01 K A02

Switchgear unit
Q15
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation
(Q15=I)

C-286
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 131
(E23.903.M02)
Busbar grounding bay with other switchgear unit, double busbar,direct motor control

Switchgear unit
Binary input
U U U U U / / A01 A02 A03 A04 B06
Output relay
K K K K / A01 A02 A03 A04
K B05 K B06

Switchgear unit
Q15 Q25
Control O/C
Close(d) Close(d)
Interlock equation
(Q15=I) (Q25=I)

P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614
C-287

(continued)
Bay Type No. 132
(E23.903.R02)
Busbar grounding bay with other switchgear unit, double busbar

Switchgear unit
Binary input
U U U U A01 A02 A03 A04
Output relay
K K K K A01 A02 A03 A04

Switchgear unit
Q15 Q25
Control O/C
Close(d) Close(d)
Interlock equation
(Q15=I) (Q25=I)

C-288
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 1
(X99.901.R00)
Other bay type with other switchgear unit, without busbar

Switchgear unit Binary input Output relay


P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614
C-289

(continued)
Bay Type No. 980
(X99.902.R06.2)

Signal / Command
S001 (SIG_1: Signal S001) S002 (SIG_1: Signal S002) S003 (SIG_1: Signal S003) S004 (SIG_1: Signal S004) S005 (SIG_1: Signal S005) S006 (SIG_1: Signal S006) C001 (CMD_1: Command C001) C002 (CMD_1: Command C002) C003 (CMD_1: Command C003) C004 (CMD_1: Command C004) C005 (CMD_1: Command C005) C006 (CMD_1: Command C006)
Binary input
U A01 U A02 U A03 U A04 U A05 U A06 / / / / / /
Output relay
/ / / / / / K A01 K A02 K A03 K A04 K A05 K A06


C-290
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 981
(X99.903.R12.2)

Signal / Command
S001 (SIG_1: Signal S001) S002 (SIG_1: Signal S002) S003 (SIG_1: Signal S003) S004 (SIG_1: Signal S004) S005 (SIG_1: Signal S005) S006 (SIG_1: Signal S006) S007 (SIG_1: Signal S007) S008 (SIG_1: Signal S008) S009 (SIG_1: Signal S009) S010 (SIG_1: Signal S010) S011 (SIG_1: Signal S011) S012 (SIG_1: Signal S012) C001 (CMD_1: Command C001) C002 (CMD_1: Command C002) C003 (CMD_1: Command C003) C004 (CMD_1: Command C004) C005 (CMD_1: Command C005) C006 (CMD_1: Command C006) C007 (CMD_1: Command C007) C008 (CMD_1: Command C008) C009 (CMD_1: Command C009) C010 (CMD_1: Command C010) C011 (CMD_1: Command C011) C012 (CMD_1: Command C012)
Binary input
U A01 U A02 U A03 U A04 U A05 U A06 U B01 U B02 U B03 U B04 U B05 U B06 / / / / / / / / / / / /
Output relay
/ / / / / / / / / / / / K A01 K A02 K A03 K A04 K A05 K A06 K B01 K B02 K B03 K B04 K B05 K B06


P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614
C-291

(continued)
Bay Type No. 982
(X99.904.R06.2)

Signal / Command
S001 (SIG_1: Signal S001) S002 (SIG_1: Signal S002) S003 (SIG_1: Signal S003) S004 (SIG_1: Signal S004) S005 (SIG_1: Signal S005) S006 (SIG_1: Signal S006) S007 (SIG_1: Signal S007) S008 (SIG_1: Signal S008) S009 (SIG_1: Signal S009) S010 (SIG_1: Signal S010) S011 (SIG_1: Signal S011) S012 (SIG_1: Signal S012) S013 (SIG_1: Signal S013) S014 (SIG_1: Signal S014) C001 (CMD_1: Command C001) C002 (CMD_1: Command C002) C003 (CMD_1: Command C003) C004 (CMD_1: Command C004) C005 (CMD_1: Command C005) C006 (CMD_1: Command C006)
Binary input
U A01 U A02 U A03 U A04 U A05 U A06 U C01 U C02 U C03 U C04 U C05 U C06 U C07 U C08 / / / / / /
Output relay
/ / / / / / / / / / / / / / K A01 K A02 K A03 K A04 K A05 K A06


C-292
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 983
(X99.905.R12.2)

Signal / Command
S001 (SIG_1: Signal S001) S002 (SIG_1: Signal S002) S003 (SIG_1: Signal S003) S004 (SIG_1: Signal S004) S005 (SIG_1: Signal S005) S006 (SIG_1: Signal S006) S007 (SIG_1: Signal S007) S008 (SIG_1: Signal S008) S009 (SIG_1: Signal S009) S010 (SIG_1: Signal S010) S011 (SIG_1: Signal S011) S012 (SIG_1: Signal S012) S013 (SIG_1: Signal S013) S014 (SIG_1: Signal S014) S015 (SIG_1: Signal S015) S016 (SIG_1: Signal S016) S017 (SIG_1: Signal S017) S018 (SIG_1: Signal S018) S019 (SIG_1: Signal S019) S020 (SIG_1: Signal S020) C001 (CMD_1: Command C001) C002 (CMD_1: Command C002) C003 (CMD_1: Command C003) C004 (CMD_1: Command C004) C005 (CMD_1: Command C005) C006 (CMD_1: Command C006) C007 (CMD_1: Command C007) C008 (CMD_1: Command C008) C009 (CMD_1: Command C009) C010 (CMD_1: Command C010) C011 (CMD_1: Command C011) C012 (CMD_1: Command C012)
Binary input
U A01 U A02 U A03 U A04 U A05 U A06 U B01 U B02 U B03 U B04 U B05 U B06 U C01 U C02 U C03 U C04 U C05 U C06 U C07 U C08 / / / / / / / / / / / /
Output relay
/ / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / K A01 K A02 K A03 K A04 K A05 K A06 K B01 K B02 K B03 K B04 K B05 K B06
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614
C-293

(continued)


C-294
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614
Appendix D - Upgrade Overview
Version P139-301-401-601 Release: 27.04.2001 P139-302-402/403/404-602 Release: 07.02.2002 Hardware
Changes Initial product release As an alternative slot 4 can now be equipped with the 5-pole voltage transformer module T (for the Automatic Synchronism Check function). Additional to the 40 TE case variant with pin-terminal connection there is now an 84 TE case variant with ring-terminal connection as well as a 40 TE case variant with a combination of pin- and ring-terminal connection (transformer module: for ring-terminal connection; other modules: for pinterminal connection) The binary (I/O) module X (6xO) is now optionally available with rapidresponse output by 4 thyristors. Diagram The updated connection diagrams now include the 5-pole voltage transformer module T and show the variants with ring-terminal connection: P139.402 (for 40 TE case, with pin-terminal connection) P139.403 (for 84 TE case, with ring-terminal connection) P139.404 (for 40 TE case, transformer module: with ring-terminal connection; other modules: with pin-terminal connection) Software LOC Measurands previously missing are now included in the selection of the Operation Panel, Overload Panel and Ground Fault Panel: MEASI: Current IDC MEASI: Current IDC p.u MEASI: Curr. IDC,lin. p.u. MEASI: Current A-1 MEASI: Current A-2 (addr. 004 134) (addr. 004 135) (addr. 004 136) (addr. 005 100) (addr. 005 099)
Bug fixing: Control actions from the local control panel are now no longer rejected in the DNP3 protocol. PC User-defined signal selections for the PC interface can now be made by setting P C : S e l e c t . S p o n t a n . s i g . (addr. 003.189), and these selected signals are spontaneously transmitted in addition to the VDEW signals. The PC interface "Time-out" can now be set with the parameter P C : T i m e - o u t (addr. 003.188). COMM1 The COURIER protocol has now been implemented. User-defined signal selections for the protocol IEC 60870-5-103 can now be made by setting C O M M 1 : S e l e c t . S p o n t a n . s i g . (addr. 003.179), and these selected signals are spontaneously transmitted in addition to the VDEW signals. COMM2 Logical communication interface 2 (function group COMM2) added to communication.
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614
D-1

(continued)
Version OUTP/LED
Changes Addition of function assignment to output relays and LED indicators with these signals: SFMON: Defect.module slot 1 SFMON: Defect.module slot20 Addition of this per unit measurand MEASI: Temperature p.u. MAIN (addr. 004.221) The following signals were added to the parameter setting selection tables for the trip command blocking signals: C O M M 1 : C o m m a n d b l o c k . E X T (addr. 003.173) COMM1: Sig./meas. block EXT OUTP: Block outp.rel. EXT MAIN: Test mode EXT MAIN: Trip cmd. block. EXT (addr. 037.074) (addr. 040.014) (addr. 037.070) (addr. 036 045) (addr. 097 000) to (addr. 097 019)
Now defective modules can be indicated by output relays for instance. MEASI
The following signals were added to the selection table for GRUND: Fct. assign. fault: SFMON: Defect.module slot 5 SFMON: Defect.module slot18 SFMON: Error K 1201 ... K 1206 (addr. 097.118 to 097.123) The following settings for the 5th VT input were added to the MAIN function group: MAIN: Vref,nom V.T. prim. MAIN: Vref,nom V.T. sec. MAIN: Meas. val. rel. Vref (addr. 010 100) (addr. 031 052) (addr. 011 034) (addr. 097 004) (addr. 097 017)
The direct time output signals of the 32 logic equations are now available to the function assignment of trip command 1 and trip command 2. In addition to the standard procedure to determine energy output a second procedure is now available. The selection of the procedure depends on the given load ratio and is made by setting MAIN: Op. mode energy cnt. (addr. 010 138). The physical communication channel assignment to the "logical" communication interfaces COMM1 and COMM2 can be set with the parameter M A I N : C h a n n A s s i g n . C o m a d d r . (003 169).
D-2
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Version MAIN
(continued)
Changes Addition of two measured operating values: MAIN: Voltage Vref prim. MAIN: Voltage Vref p.u. (addr. 005 046) (addr. 005 047)
Incorrect termination is now fixed for the close commands issued by the control function and terminated with the starting of the trip command. Time switching to setting "Daylight saving time" M A I N : T i m e s w i t c h i n g (addr. 003.095) is now stored so that it will remain valid after a warm restart. The multiple signal M A I N : G e n . t r i p s i g n a l (addr. 036 251) is now supported. Bug fixing: Rated current setting is changed from 1A to 5A when electro-magnetic interference occurs. To confirm settings the internal values of M A I N : I n o m d e v i c e (addr. 010 003) and M A I N : I N , n o m d e v i c e (addr. 010 026) are overwritten by the set values once every software cycle. A disabled residual current system protection, which is displayed by the signal M A I N : S y s t e m I N d i s a b l e d (addr. 040 134) is now considered by the DTOC and IDMT residual current stages. Bug fixing: During incrementation of the overflow counter for active and reactive energy output and input a negative value of the integrated count is now prevented. MAIN ARC ASC PSIG In addition to enabling or disabling of the functions Auto-reclosing Control, Automatic Synchronism Check, Protective Signaling and Residual Current System protection by using two binary signal inputs it is now possible to use just one binary signal input for enabling or disabling. If, for example, only the signal A R C : E n a b l e E X T (addr. 037.010) is assigned to one binary signal input, the function is enabled by the rising edge and disabled by the falling edge of the input signal. Step size for thresholds I>, I>> and I>>> reduced from 0.1 Inom to 0.01 Inom. New function Automatic Synchronism Check (ASC) is taken into account by the Auto-reclosing Control (ARC) function. The signal A R C : ( R e ) c l o s e r e q u e s t (addr. 037 077) is used in this context to have ASC triggered by ARC. Function Automatic Synchronism Check (ASC) has been added. The transformer module T with a fifth VT is required to provide a reference voltage. A fixed time delayed reset of 80 ms is now implemented for the stage G F D S : V N G > (addr. 016.062). Addition of these per unit measurands THERM: Therm. replica p.u. THERM: Coolant temp. p.u. THERM: Object temp. p.u. (addr. 004 017) (addr. 004 178) (addr. 004 179).
DTOC ARC
ASC
GFDSS THERM
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614
D-3

(continued)
Version f<>
Changes Bug fixing: With the selection of a measurement loop the amplitude of the phase-toground loops was incorrectly rated by the factor 3. Reference voltage monitoring is now included in the measuring-circuit monitoring function with the signals MCMON: FF, Vref triggered (addr. 038.100) MCMON: M.circ. V,Vref flty. (addr. 004.078). Bug fixing: When the VDEW addition to the protocol IEC60870-5-103 was used single-pole signals were signaled in the data byte with the value '0' (end) or '1' (start). The dimension (min) was added to the parameter C O U N T : C y c l e t . c o u n t t r a n s m (addr. 217.007) in the data model. Because of the addition of a fifth VT these warning signals were added: SFMON: FF, Vref triggered (addr. 098 022) SFMON: M.circ. V,Vref flty. (addr. 098 023) Addition of function assignment to warnings by the delayed and direct time signals from logic equations 30 to 32. The signals included in the function selection of warnings SFMON: Open circ. 20mA inp. (addr. 098 026) SFMON: PT100 open circuit (addr. 098 024) SFMON: Overload 20 mA input (addr. 098 025) are now supported.
MCMON
SIG_1
COUNT SFMON
P139-302-402/403/404-602 -701 Release: 13.05.2002
Hardware
No modifications
Diagram Software SFMON P139-302-402/403/404-602 -702 Release: 26.07.2002 Hardware
No modifications Decreased severity for entries in the monitoring signal memory during short-time supply voltage dipping. No modifications
Diagram Software IDMT P139-302-402/403/404-603 Release: 29.08.2002 Hardware Diagram Software
No modifications Accuracy of tripping time is improved. Particularly the characteristic 'IEC extremely inverse' is now within the claimed tolerance range. No modifications No modifications
D-4
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Version LOC
Changes The signals L O C : L o c . a c c . b l o c k . a c t i v e (addr. 221 005) and L O C : R e m . a c c . b l o c k . a c t i v e (addr. 221 004) are now sent spontaneously as individual signals with the protocol IEC 60870-5-103. The function assignment of the binary signal inputs U 1001 to U 1006, which are not present on slot 10, have been removed from the data model. Device is prepared for the supplementary fitting with the new temperature p/c board (RTD module), which will become available as of version -304-405/406/407-605. No modifications The measurand M A I N : V o l t a g e V r e f p . u . (addr. 005 047) has been added to the selection for the cyclic ILS telegram. The unnecessary parameter C O M M 1 : A d d r e s s m o d e (addr. 003 168) is now hidden. LOC The measurand M A I N : V o l t a g e V r e f p r i m . (addr. 005 046) has been added to the function assignment for the Operation Panel, the Overload Panel and the numerical display. The measurand M A I N : V o l t a g e V r e f p . u . (addr. 005 047) has been added to the function assignment for the Operation Panel, the Overload Panel and the bar chart display. Functions have been enhanced in preparation for the supplementary fitting with the new temperature p/c board (RTD module). For THERM protection this includes direct temperature monitoring, temperature measurement, coolant temperature acquisition, and open-circuit monitoring of the individual resistance thermometers. The functionality of equal-priority enabling or disabling a function via any device interface, first introduced with version 603, now is modified in that way, that the functions are enabled by default. The setting ranges for parameters I r e f , n e g and I r e f , N as well as I r e f , n e g d y n a m i c and I r e f , N d y n a m have been increased from 0.1 - 4.00 Inom to 0.01 - 4.00 Inom Bug fixing: After a warm restart of the device an externally set parameter subset fell back to the user set parameter subset. The signal P S S : C o n t r o l v i a u s e r (addr. 036 102) changed from "Yes" to "No" after a warm restart.
INP
P139-303-402/403/404-604 Release: 20.12.2002
Hardware
Diagram Software COMM1
MEASI THERM LIMIT SFMON MAIN ARC ASC PSIG IDMT
PSS
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614
D-5

(continued)
Version ASC
Changes Setting to continuous synchronism test procedure after a test close request: When a test close request is issued the operative time is not terminated by the starting of the close enable but will continue until it has reached its set time duration. Synchronism is continuously checked, even after the first close enable, as long as the operative time is running. The signal A S C : C l o s e e n a b l e (addr. 037 083) (if synchronism conditions are met) and the delta measured values are continuously updated and periodically transmitted by the device interfaces. The cycle time to transmit the telegram with the measured values is set at: A S C : T r a n s m . c y c l e , m e a s . v . (addr. 101 212). The signal close enable is signaled spontaneously both as "start" and as "end" and must therefore be included in a general scan. The signal A S C : C l o s e r e j e c t i o n (addr. 037 086) is issued only after the operative time has elapsed and there is then no synchronism. This signal is also issued after a test close request if, during the operative time, a close enable is temporarily signaled. The number of test close requests and the number of close rejections after test close requests are not counted, e.g. the counters A S C : N o . c l o s e r e q u e s t s (addr. 009 033) and A S C : N o . c l o s e r e j e c t i o n s (addr. 009 034) will only consider "authentic" close requests. If during the operative time (after a test close request) there is an authentic close request issued by the device control function (HMI) or from the interfaces (or the ARC) the test run is terminated and ASC is restarted. Then, after the first close enable is reached, the close command is issued and the operative time is terminated. The signal A S C : C l o s e r e j e c t i o n (addr. 037.086) is issued when the set operative time has elapsed without synchronism conditions having been met and the circuit breaker is not switched. The setting range for the operative time was increased from 0.00 60.00 s to 0.0 6000.0 s and the step range was reduced from 0.01 s to 0.1 s. The settable reset times for the signals ASC: tClose enable Volt.PSx ASC: tClose enable syn.PSx (addr. 0XX 241) (addr. 0XX 240)
have been replaced by fixed minimum times of 100 ms. These measured event values have been added to the Automatic Synchronism Check: ASC: Voltage Vref ASC: Volt. sel. meas.loop The measuring range of the measured event value ASC: Volt. magnit. diff. (addr. 004 091) has been changed from 0.000 3.000 Vnom to 3.000 3.000 Vnom. (addr. 004 087) (addr. 004.088)
D-6
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Version LIMIT
Changes Bug fixing: If the temperature measurand T was set to "not measured" the stages T< and T<< in the limit value monitoring function would start. A new communication module A, providing the InterMiCOM protective interface COMM3, can now be fitted in slot 3 instead of the transient ground fault detection module N. A new temperature p/c board (RTD module) can now be fitted in slot 3, instead of the transient ground fault detection module N (TGFD module). As an alternative to the conventional transformer modules for analog input signals there is now a new CT/VT-board with NCIT available. Details are available on request. See chapter 2, section "Connecting NCITs to Inputs on the CT/VT-board with NCIT". Binary signal inputs with a higher switching threshold are now available. Installation is only recommended if the application specifically requires such binary signal inputs. Diagram The new connection diagrams include the InterMiCOM communication interface (function group COMM3), the temperature p/c board (RTD module) and the CT/VT-board with NCIT. P139.405 (for 40 TE case, with pin-terminal connection) P139.406 (for 40 TE case, transformer module: with ring-terminal connection; other modules: with pin-terminal connection) P139.407 (for 84 TE case, with ring-terminal connection) LOC Customized binary signal panels can now be created. A customized Bay Panel can be sub-divided into up to eight images. The selection table for the Operation Panel was extended. The signals M037-M040 can now be configured as image variables. Bug fixing: When, after a switchgear unit had been selected locally, local control was switched over to remote control, the selection of local switching actions could continue to be made up to the termination of the reset time. COMM1 Bug fixing concerning various communication protocols: DNP3: Multiple telegrams are prevented. The protocol per IEC60850-5-101 incorrectly transmitted negative operating values. IEC-60870-5-101: In the data model there was an incorrect selection for parameter C O M M 1 : T i m e t a g l e n g t h (addr. 003 198). Furthermore 3 Bytes were used irrespective of the setting.
P139-304-405/406/407-605 Release: 28.11.2003
Hardware
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614
D-7

(continued)
Version COMM1(2)
Changes Bug fixing concerning the IEC 60870-5-103 communication protocol: For the reclose commands of high-speed and time-delayed reclosing (Function Type 80h, Information nos. 80h and 81h), the status changes 'On' to 'Off' were signaled spontaneously and were transmitted as part of the response to a general scan. The fault location F T _ D A : F a u l t r e a c t . , p r i m . (addr. 004 029) (Function Type 80h, Information no. 49h), will no longer be sent spontaneously, if its value is 'Not measured. With the fault values transmission the scaling factor for the primary value of channel VNG was corrected by a factor of 1/3. COMM3 New function group: COMM3 (InterMiCOM protection interface) permits end-end channel-aided schemes to be configured, without the need of discrete carrier equipment. Further reset commands were added to the function assignment of binary signal inputs. Scaling of the BCD coded output of measurands now allows the setting of an output values range. This feature is required if signed event measurands are assigned to the BCD output (like fault location or shortcircuit reactance,...). Sensitivity for the setting of this parameter was increased to 0.01 s: MAIN: Suppress start. sig. (addr. 017 054) The determination of the faulty phase during a ground fault in Petersen coil compensated power systems is improved to avoid incorrect signaling at the end of the ground fault. These measured operating values have been added: MAIN: Appar. power S prim. (addr. 005 025) and MAIN: Appar. power S p.u. (addr. 005 026). The delay time for the Running Time Monitoring of manually operated switchgear can now be set: MAIN: Delay Man.Op.Superv (addr. 221 079) Bug fixing: All energy counters were reset by a general starting (GS). Bug fixing: The values set for the primary transformer voltages were reset to their default values when a warm restart of the device occurred. Bug fixing: If a device or switchgear designation was omitted in a customized panel then the device went out of order when such a panel was selected. MAIN ARC ASC PSIG The stored status is no longer reset with a warm restart of the device, when specific functions are enabled or disabled through a binary signal input.
INP MEASO
MAIN
D-8
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Version FT_DA
Changes The determination of measured fault values during short fault times is improved. Bug fixing: Fault locations of numerical values >655.35% were falsely displayed as small values. Bug fixing: When a residual current starting occurs without a phase current starting all measured fault values dependent on a measurement loop are set to 'Not measured'. FT_RC Direction signaling for the short-circuit direction determination function was added to the selection table for the fault recording trigger: FT_RC: Fct. assig. Trigger (addr. 003 085) Three negative-sequence current stages were added to the definite-time overcurrent protection. Bug fixing: The trip signals from the residual current stage and the negativesequence current stage were not reset with the release of starting. Bug fixing: The HSR & TDR counters could only be acknowledged/cleared by a cold restart. Bug fixing: With a close request the counter A S C : N o . G F ( c u r r . m e a s ) (addr. 009 003) was increment by a count of 8 instead of 1. Bug fixing: When a test close request was issued in the operating mode "synchronism-checked" a chattering of the ASC enable signal could occur. TGFD The setting range of T G F D : I N , p > down to 0.03 Inom. (addr. 016 042) is extended
DTOC IDMT
ARC
ASC
The pick-up delay of the measuring circuit monitoring signal S F M O N : T G F D m o n . t r i g g e r e d (addr. 093 094) is now increased from 5 s to 65 s. P<> The power directional protection now includes overload stages for active and reactive power. The starting signals from the power directional protection stages now feature direction dependency. The setting range for the parameter P < > : R e l e a s e d e l a y Q > P S x (addr. 017 172) is now extended to max. 100.00 s. MCMON The default setting for parameter M C M O : F F , V r e f e n a b l e d U S E R . (addr. 013 014) was changed from 'Yes' to 'No'. Reference voltage monitoring from the fifth VT input was added to the Limit Value Monitoring function. Bug fixing: The time dependent logic outputs - L O G I C : O u t p u t x ( t ) (addr. 042 033) (with x=1 to 32) - are reset for a short period during parameter subset selection. D-9
LIMIT LOGIC
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Version DEVx (x=1 to 10)
Changes Bug fixing: When the additions to the protocol IEC 60870-5-103 were applied, the return signal identification was missing in the acknowledgment of commands to switchgear. Single commands, created with the bay editor from the PC Access Software MiCOM S1, can now also be configured to output relays on the output module X (6xO) in slot 10 (with 40 TE cases) or slot 18 (with 84 TE cases). Bug fixing: A concurrent use of signals M001 and M033 was not possible. Bug fixing: The wrong selection table for communication in the data model was assigned to the signal S I G _ 1 : L o g i c s i g n a l S 0 1 0 (addr. 226 077). SFMON To prevent the risk of contention problems because of the simultaneous disruption of the supply voltage and the auxiliary voltage for the binary signal inputs m.c.b. trip signals are now delayed internally for 300 ms. Bug fixing: Sporadic triggering of the internal monitoring of the 15 V and 24 V voltages without a fault in the power supply module being present was eliminated.
CMD_1
SIG_1
P139-305-408/409/410-610 Release: 20.05.2005 Hardware
This is a preliminary IEC 61850 version which is project-specific and only available on request! The new Ethernet module for communication per IEC 61850 is now available and may be fitted to slot 2 as an alternative to communication module A. The updated connection diagrams now include the Ethernet module communication interface. P139.408 (for 40 TE case, with pin-terminal connection) P139.409 (for 40 TE case, transformer module: with ring-terminal connection; other modules: with pin-terminal connection) P139.410 (for 84 TE case, with ring-terminal connection) Software LOC Addition of the event counter to the selection for the Fault Panel A S C : N o . R C a f t . m a n . c l o s (004 009). Addition of the measured value to the selection for the Operation Panel. M E A S I : S c a l e d v a l u e I D C , l i n (004 180).
Diagram
D-10
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Version COMM1
Changes The selection of register assignments for signals in the MODBUS protocol has been extended with the signal S C D D : F a u l t P b a c k w a r d (036 019). Time stamping of status signals from external devices has been adapted to the DNP3 protocol. Bug fixing: A change of a communication parameter will no longer lead to a sporadic warm restart of the device, when the Courier protocol is used. COMM3 Bug fixing: After a warm restart with COMM3 activated, the entry at S F M O N : H a r d w a r e e r r o r C O M M 3 (093 143) will now only occur if there actually is such a hardware error. Initial implementation of the IEC 61850 communication protocol. In conjunction with the IEC 61850 communication protocol a communication procedure has been implemented that is compatible with previous UCA2 GOOSE for the exchange of binary information within an Ethernet network section. A number of device bugs previously lead to a blocking with the second entry to the monitoring signal memory (i.e. if the recurring fault was already stored in the monitoring signal memory see Chapter 10 in the Technical Manual). This reaction was modified in such a manner that device blocking will only occur if a renewed appearance of the same device fault lies within a set "memory retention time" S F M O N : M o n . s i g . r e t e n t i o n (021 018). This makes it possible to tolerate sporadic faults, resulting from control actions, without having to clear the monitoring signal memory in the interim. The significance of the time stamp was modified to accommodate this new feature. The time stamp now represents the last appearance of the fault. OUTP/LED FT_RC Addition of the signal A S C : C l o s e r e q u e s t (034 018) to the selection of freely configurable LED indicators and output relays. The duration of the disturbance record is limited to 1 minute so as to avoid a record of an endless disturbance. The signal A R C : B l o c k i n g E X T (036.050) is now stored in the fault recording (previously only the resulting signal A R C : B l o c k e d (004.069) was recorded). MEASI Open-circuit monitoring of the 20 mA input and the "PT 100" input has been improved.
IEC GSSE
SFMON
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614
D-11

(continued)
Version MAIN
Changes Parameters from the MAIN function, which could previously only be set in the branch "General Functions" of the menu tree, have been transferred to the parameter subsets. MAIN: Neutr.pt. treat. PSx MAIN: Hld time dyn.par. PSx MAIN: Bl.tim.st.IN,neg PSx MAIN: Gen. start. mode PSx MAIN: Op. rush restr. PSx MAIN: Rush I(2fn)/I(fn) PSx MAIN: I>lift rush restr PSx MAIN: Suppr.start.sig. PSx MAIN: tGS PSx With this improvement it is now possible to consider operational changes by selecting the appropriate parameter subset. The parameter M A I N : N e u t r a l - p o i n t t r e a t . (010 048) used only in conjunction with the ASC is now visible if the ASC function has been configured. Furthermore the selections at various neutral point treatments that occur by this parameter have now been reduced to a selection relevant to the application. The primary source for synchronizing the date and time can now be selected. Available are COMM1, COMM2/PC, IRIG-B or a binary input for minute signal pulses. A backup source may additionally be selected. MAIN: Prim.Source TimeSync (103 210) MAIN: BackupSourceTimeSync (103 211) For bay control function signals detected via binary signal inputs and conditioned with debouncing it is now possible to select whether the time tag for the signal is to be issued after debouncing (or when the first pulse edge is detected). The setting M A I N : T i m e T a g A f t e r D e b o u n c e (221 083) is provided for this purpose. Bug fixing: The enabling or disabling of the ground protection via a binary signal input was incorrectly inverted. PSIG Bug fixing: The enabling or disabling of the protective signaling via a binary signal input was incorrectly inverted. Bug fixing: The enabling or disabling of the ARC function via a binary signal input was incorrectly inverted.The DTOC negative-sequence current stage started the ARC by triggering the ARC trip time of the IDMT negativesequence current stage. Selecting the CB assignment to an external device has been adapted to the maximum possible number of external devices. Bug fixing: The enabling or disabling of the ASC function via a binary signal input was incorrectly inverted.
ARC
ASC
D-12
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Version GFDSS
Changes The setting parameters for the function GFDSS are now included in the parameter subsets and can be changed, according to operating conditions, by selecting the appropriate parameter subset. It is also possible to individually enable this function in each parameter subset. Processing of the function GFDSS now occurs with a higher priority in order to obtain reduced reaction times with less fluctuation. This is a response to the increased application of ground fault direction signaling as a tripping condition. Bug fixing: The cause for faulty or unstable directional decisions with the operate delay tVNG> set below 60 ms has been removed. Bug fixing: The operate delays LS and BS are now accurate, even with set values > 65 s. TGFD The setting parameters for the function TGFD are now included in the parameter subsets and can be changed, according to operating conditions, by selecting the appropriate parameter subset. It is also possible to individually enable this function in each parameter subset. Bug fixing: In the event of an open circuit in the 20 mA current loop when using this to measure temperatures there was no automatic activation of the corresponding backup temperature sensor. The setting range for the following parameters was extended from max. 0.5 Snom to now max. 1.5 Snom: P<>: P<>: P<>: P<>: P> P>> Q> Q>> (017 120) (017 140) (017 160) (017 180)
THERM
P<>
Bug fixing: When setting a high operate value as well as a high disengaging ratio for the P< or Q< stages an internal overflow was possible that led to a lower disengaging ratio than that which had been set. Bug fixing: When the stage P< (P<<, Q< or Q<<) was triggered the signal P < > : F a u l t P < (P<<, Q< or Q<<) was issued even though the operate delay for the stage was blocked. CBM LIMIT Function circuit breaker monitoring (CBM) has been added. Parameter cells and signals related to Vref are only visible when the device has been fitted with a fifth VT to measure Vref .
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614
D-13

(continued)
Version P139-305-408/409/410-610 -704 Hardware Diagram Software IEC P139-306-408/409/410-611 Release: 07.11.2005 Hardware
Changes This is a preliminary IEC 61850 version which is project-specific and only available on request! No modifications No modifications With regard to IEC 61850-8-1 the data type for the quality of measured values and signals has been changed from 14 bit to 13 bit. Further variants with binary signal inputs with a higher operate threshold are now available. This makes the following selections available: >18 V (standard variant) (Without order extension No.) (Order ext. No. 461) >90 V (60...70% of VA,nom = 125 ... 150 V) >155 V (60...70% of VA,nom = 220 ... 250 V) (Order ext. No. 462) >73 V (67% of VA,nom = 110 V) (Order ext. No. 463) >146 V (67% of VA,nom = 220 V) (Order ext. No. 464) Standard variant recommended if higher pickup threshold is not specifically required by application. Diagram Software LOC Extensive expansion of the parameter selection L O C : A s s i g n m e n t r e a d k e y (080 110). Instead of selecting only one assigned protocol by pressing the READ key there are now up to 16 different addresses assigned which can be selected by pressing the READ key more than once in succession (menu jump function). With the IEC 60870-5-103 protocol, the selection of measured operating values has been extended for the cyclic ILS telegram. General expansion of the Logical Nodes according to the IEC 61850 data model. For access by the support software S1 via Ethernet the function "Setting by Tunneling" has been implemented. GOOSE For the exchange of binary information in an Ethernet network section the IEC 61850 communication procedure (IEC-GOOSE) has been implemented. Change of the English signal designation (relevant only when English designation text is used) for this signal: SFMON: CB faulty EXT (098 072) No modifications
COMM1/ COMM2 IEC
SFMON
D-14
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Version MAIN
Changes The following per unit measured operating values have been added: MAIN: MAIN: MAIN: MAIN: MAIN: MAIN: MAIN: MAIN: MAIN: MAIN: Current Ipos p.u. Current Ineg p.u. Voltage Vpos p.u. Voltage Vneg p.u. Frequency f p.u. Angle VPG/IN p.u. Load angle phi A p.u Load angle phi B p.u Load angle phi C p.u Angle phi N p.u. (009 016) (009 015) (009 018) (009 017) (004 070) (005 072) (005 073) (005 074) (005 075) (005 076)
The parameter M A I N : R o t a r y f i e l d (010 049) was renamed to M A I N : P h a s e s e q u . (010 049). In addition the parameter selection for clockwise and anticlockwise was also changed to A-B-C and A-C-B. Change of the English signal designation (relevant only when English designation text is used) for the following parameter: MAIN: Prim.Source TimeSync (103 210) M A I N : B a c k u p S o u r c e T i m e S y n c (103 211) FT_RC FT_DA The signal F T _ R C : R e c o r d . t r i g a c t i v e (002 002) has been implemented, which shows that a fault-recording trigger is present. Bug fixing: When a fault location is outside the measuring range it could happen that the fault location was measured as too small by the fault measurand F T _ D A : F a u l t l o c a t . p e r c e n t (004 027) A fourth overcurrent stage (residual current stage) IN>>>> with an extended setting range has been integrated. Because of its extended setting range this stage always uses the residual current calculated from the three phase currents. A second inverse-time overcurrent protection function has been added. A voltage memory has been added to the short-circuit direction determination function. In general SCDD will operate as previously with the non-faulted voltages. Now the device offers a voltage memory from which the SCDD function can obtain necessary voltage information for direction determination when 3-pole faults with a large 3-phase voltage drop have occurred. The motor protection function has been extended by these per unit measured operating values: MP: Therm. repl. MP p.u. MP: St-ups st. perm.p.u. (005 071) (005 086)
DTOC
IDMT2 SCDD
MP
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614
D-15

(continued)
Version THERM
Changes The parameters T H E R M : B l . f . C T A f a u l t P S x have been replaced by the parameters with an extended setting range THERM: Funct.f.CTA fail.PSx. In order to obtain improved visibility control of the parameters for the relative and absolute replica the previous parameter T H E R M : O p e r a t i n g m o d e (022 063) has been replaced by: THERM: Relative replica (022 064) THERM: Absolute replica (022 065) It should be remembered that an explicit selection relative or absolute replica for the thermal overload protection must be carried out. If no such explicit selection relative or absolute replica is carried out the thermal overload protection will be blocked and the warning signal T H E R M : S e t t i n g e r r o r , b l o c k . (039 110) is issued. These parameters are now available to set the over temperature and the warning temperature in the absolute replica: T H E R M : O/T f.Iref pers. PSx THERM: Warning temp. PSx The following signals have been added to the thermal overload protection: THERM: Reclosure blocked (039 024) THERM: Not ready (040 035) V<> The over-/undervoltage function may now be optionally operated with an enable threshold based on the minimum current monitor for the undervoltage stages (V<, V<<, Vpos<, Vpos<<). The undervoltage stages are blocked if during active monitoring the set threshold of at least one phase is not exceeded by the phase currents. There are two new setting parameters to activate the operating mode for minimum current monitoring and to set the enable threshold: V<>: Op. mode V< mon. PSx V<>:I enable V< PSx Bug fixing: The origin for imprecise frequency measurements, when 6 cycles were selected for the evaluation time, has now been eliminated. The complete revision of the circuit breaker failure protection function now includes a current breaking-off criterion. The previous signal C B F : C B f a i l u r e (036 017) has been replaced by the following signals: CBF: Trip signal t1 (038 215) CBF: Trip signal t2 (038 219) CBM Bug fixing: An incorrect internally active wear characteristic lead to an incorrect calculation of the number of CB operations remaining, when at least one of these parameters was set to blocked: CBM: Med. curr. Itrip,CB (022 014) or CBM: Perm. CB op. Imed,CB (022 015)
f<>
CBF
D-16
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Version P139-306-408/409/410-611 -706 Hardware Diagram Software ASC
Changes This is a preliminary IEC 61850 version, which is project-specific and only available on request! No modifications No modifications Bug fixing: When the automatic synchronism check (ASC) was linked to the control of an external device and a close command was issued to this external device from the local control panel, the external device was always blocked from closing by the ASC function. This error occurred only when the communication protocol per IEC 61850 was used with the protection and control unit. No modifications
P139-306-408/409/410-611 -707 Release: 16.02.2006
Hardware
Diagram Software IEC
No modifications Bug fixing: The range of the internal values assigned to the various operating modes of the parameter I E C : D E V c o n t r o l m o d e l (221 081) now starts with a '1' instead of a '0'. The request routine for binary signal inputs has been enhanced to suppress external interference. No modifications
INP P139-306-408/409/410-611 -709 Release: 05.10.2006 Hardware
No modifications Bug fixing: If communication was interrupted during control access via the Ethernet interface using the operating program MiCOM S1, renewed control access was only possible after a warm restart of the protection and control unit. Bug fixing: If a 'Select' or 'Operate' command for an external device, in which the interlock bit had been set, was sent from a client to the protection and control unit it could occur that such a command was rejected.
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614
D-17

(continued)
Version P139-307-411/412/413-612 Hardware
Changes As an ordering option for the 40TE and 84TE model versions there is now a variant available with a detachable HMI. The detachable HMI is always supplied with a case width of 40TE. The freely configurable LED indicators H4 to H16 on the detachable HMI are provided as multi-color LEDs. The ordering option Ethernet module with 100 Mbit/s glass fiber and ST connector has replaced the ordering option Ethernet module with 10 Mbit/s glass fiber and ST connector. Diagram The updated connection diagrams now include the interfaces to connect the detachable HMI. P139.411 (for 40TE case, with pin-terminal connection) P132.412 (for 40TE case, transformer module: ring-terminal connection; other modules: pin-terminal connection) P139.413 (for 84TE case, with ring-terminal connection) Software DVICE Because of the ordering option "detachable HMI" these additional Device Identification parameters are now available: DVICE: SW version DHMI DVICE: SW version DHMI DM LOC (002 131) (002 132)
Because of the ordering option "detachable HMI" this additional Device Identification parameter is now available: L O C : L o c a l H M I exists (221 099). Additional item in the selection table for the operation panel: C O U N T : C o u n t 1 (217 100).
COMM1
When the protocols per IEC 60870-5-101 or IEC 60870-5-103 are used, the message C O M M 1 : B u f f e r o v e r r u n (221 100) is issued when an internal buffer overrun of the spontaneous control function signals has occurred.
D-18
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Version IEC
Changes Implementation of active monitoring of the communications data links to logged-on clients with the parameter I E C : T C P k e e p - a l i v e t i m e r (104 062). This active monitoring now replaces previous passive monitoring by parameter I E C : I n a c t i v i t y t i m e r (104 050). Implementation of an automatic switchover to daylight saving time, activated by parameter I E C : S w i t c h . d a y l . s a v . t i m e (104 219). Switchover times for the automatic switch to daylight saving time are governed by the following settings: IEC: IEC: IEC: IEC: IEC: IEC: IEC: IEC: Dayl.sav.time start Dayl.sav.time st. d Dayl.sav.time st. m Dayl.sav.t.st.0:00 + Dayl.sav.time end Dayl.sav.time end d Dayl.sav.time end m Dayl.sav.t.end 0:00+ (104 220) (104 221) (104 222) (104 223) (104 225) (104 226) (104 227) (104 228)
A second SNTP server may now be applied for time synchronization. Should no answer be transmitted by the first SNTP server the next request is automatically transferred to the second SNTP server (backup function). I E C : S N T P s e r v e r 1 I P (104 202) I E C : S N T P s e r v e r 2 I P (104 210) Instead of setting a router address and target network, so as to establish a communication link to a client situated exterior to the local network, now only the setting of the gateway address is required via I E C : G a t e w a y a d d r e s s (104 011). Now 'unbuffered reports' are available for all logical nodes. GOOSE VLAN priority for GOOSE is set via G O O S E : V L A N P r i o r i t y (106 007). The dataset reference for GOOSE is displayed via the measured value G O O S E : D a t a S e t R e f e r e n c e (106 008). INP Bug fixing: The input signal M A I N : M a n . T r i p c m d . E X T (037 018) did not operate when it was set as a receive signal for COMM3, GSSE or GOOSE and triggered via this communication link. (Triggering via a binary signal input operated correctly.) The operating mode for the LED indicators has been extended by the operating mode LED flashing. Configuration, operating mode and physical state of the permanently configured LED indicators H1 and H17 are now displayed via configuration parameters and physical state signals. The freely configurable LED indicators H4 to H16 on the variant with a detachable HMI may now be assigned two signals, each with a different color (red or green). If both assigned signals are active the resulting LED color will be 'amber' (yellow).
LED
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614
D-19

(continued)
Version MAIN
Changes The parameter MAIN: T i m e T a g (221 098) has replaced the previous parameter M A I N : T i m e T a g A f t e r D e b o u n c e (217 083). In addition there is a third operating mode available for selection. The settable debouncing time for count value acquisition is no longer required. No modifications
COUNT P139-307-411/412/413-612 -710 Release: 14.12.2006 Hardware
No modifications Bug fixing: If communication was interrupted during control access via the Ethernet interface using the operating program MiCOM S1, renewed control access was only possible after a warm restart of the protection and control unit. No modifications
P139-307-411/412/413-612 -712 and P139-306-408/409/410-611 -711 Release: 14.02.2007
Hardware
No modifications Bug fixing: Previously a break in the client-server communications link could occur after approximately 49 days for about 20 minutes. GOOSE and GSSE are not affected.
D-20
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Version P139-307-411/412/413-614 Hardware Diagram Software
Changes No modifications No modifications With this version resetting options have been extended such that now there is a corresponding external signal available for each manual reset function; now the respective counter or memory can be reset by an appropriately assigned binary signal. Similar to this all manual reset parameters have been renamed by adding the phrase "USER" to the descriptive text (it may be abbreviated so that the max number of characters allowed is not exceeded). Example: M A I N : G e n e r a l r e s e t was renamed to M A I N : G e n e r a l r e s e t U S E R , G F D S S : R e s e t c o u n t e r s was renamed to GFDSS: Reset counters USER . Because such new reset options are available the RESET key can now be configured with the new parameter L O C : F c t . R e s e t k e y . Additionally two menu jump lists are now available that can have functions assigned by setting these new parameters: L O C : F c t . m e n u j m p l i s t x (x=1,2) The parameter L O C : A s s i g n m e n t r e a d k e y was renamed to LOC: Fct. read key. I E C : D e a d b a n d v a l u e (104 051) was divided into several individual settings: IEC: Update Measurements (104 229) IEC: Dead band IP (104 230) IEC: Dead band IN (104 231) IEC: Dead band VPP (104 232) IEC: Dead band VPG (104 233) IEC: Dead band f (104 234) IEC: Dead band P (104 235) IEC: Dead band phi (104 236) IEC: Dead band Z (104 237) IEC: Dead band min/max (104 238) IEC: Dead band ASC (104 239) IEC: Dead band temp. (104 240) IEC: Dead band 20mA (104 241) The number of addressable external devices was increased from 16 to 32. The parameter G O O S E : D a t a s e t C f g . R e v i s i o n (106 005) was renamed to G O O S E : D a t a s e t C f g . R e v i s i o n (106 009) and all parameters G O O S E : E x t . D e v x x i n t e r m . p o s (xx=1 to 16) are now available as G O O S E : E x t . D e v y y i n t e r m . p o s (yy=1 to 32)
LOC
IEC
GOOSE
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614
D-21

(continued)
Version MAIN
Changes Two group resetting functions have been introduced as new reset options. These may be applied either manually (e.g. parameter "USER") or with a binary signal (e.g. parameter "EXT"). The sign of the measured operating data values for active and reactive power can be defined by setting the parameter M A I N : M e a s . d i r e c t i o n P , Q (006 096). The following measured operating data for delayed/stored phase current values have been added: MAIN: IA prim,demand (006 226) MAIN: IB prim,demand (006 227) MAIN: IC prim,demand (006 228) MAIN: IA prim,demand stor. (006 223) MAIN: IB prim,demand stor. (006 224) MAIN: IC prim,demand stor. (006 225) MAIN: IA p.u.,demand (006 235) MAIN: IB p.u.,demand (006 236) MAIN: IC p.u.,demand (006 237) MAIN: IA p.u.,demand stor. (006 232) MAIN: IB p.u.,demand stor. (006 223) MAIN: IC p.u.,demand stor. (006 234) The descriptive text in English for the following parameters has been changed: MAIN: IP,maxprim,demand.st (005 034) MAIN: IP,maxp.u.,demand.st (005 035) MAIN: IP,max prim.,demand (005 036) MAIN: IP,max p.u.,demand (005 037) MAIN: Ph. err. VCG,2 NCIT (010 194) The following logic state signals are issued depending on the respective control point position: MAIN: Cmd. fr. comm.interf (221 101) MAIN: Command from HMI (221 102) MAIN: Cmd. fr. electr.ctrl (221 103) COMM1/IEC, COMM2/PC, IRIG-B or a minute pulse input may now be selected as the primary source to synchronize the date and time (M A I N : P r i m . S o u r c e T i m e S y n c (103 210)). COMM1/IEC, COMM2/PC, IRIG-B or a minute pulse input continue to be available as the backup source (M A I N : B a c k u p S o u r c e T i m e S y n c (103 211)). SFMON The parameter SFMON: Inval. SW vers.COMM1 was renamed to SFMON: Inval. SW COMM1/IEC (093 075) (093 075)
MEASI
In case a hardware fault on the temperature p/c board (RTD module) is detected then the parameter M E A S I : R T D H W F a i l u r e (006 102) is set. When a hardware fault is detected on the analog I/O module Y the parameter M E A S I : I / O H W F a i l u r e (006 103) is set. The setting I N P : F i l t e r (010 220) is now available for conformity with standard IEC 60255-22-7, class A.
INP
D-22
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Version ARC
Changes All parameters containing the phrase "Ineg>" in the descriptive text have been renamed and now use the term "Iref,neg". Similarly the terms "kIref>" and "kINref>" were renamed to "IrefP>" and "IrefN>". The descriptive text in English for the following parameter has been changed: T H E R M : R s e t t h e r m . r e p l . U S E R to THERM: Reset replica USER (022 061) Now the device features an hours run counter and this includes a comparison to the corresponding set upper limit. The descriptive text in English for the following parameter has been changed: M P : R s e t t h e r m . r e p l . U S E R to: MP: Reset replica USER (022 073) CBF The parameter C B F : I > (022 160) was renamed to C B F : I < . The signal C B F : C B f a i l u r e (036 017) is now available again. DEVxx The sate signals D E V x x : O p e n c m d . r e c e i v e d and D E V x x : C l o s e c m d . r e c e i v e d are now issued and stored in the operating data memory.
THERM
MP
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614
D-23
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614
D-24
Schneider Electric 35 rue Joseph Monier 92506 Rueil-Malmaison FRANCE Phone: Fax: +33 (0) 1 41 29 70 00 +33 (0) 1 41 29 71 00 Publishing: Schneider Electric 11/2010
www.schneider-electric.com Publication: P139/EN M/Ea8 Version: -614
2010 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.
MiCOM P139
Feeder Management and Bay Control P139/EN AD/Bk9
(AFSV.12.10261 D) Version P139 P139 -307 -411/412/413 -308 -414/415/416 -614 -630
Upgrade Documentation
P139, Changes from software version -614 to -630
In the new version of the P139 several enhanced features and changes on existing features have been included. These are described with references to the Technical Manual listed below. References Released 13.08.2008 Version P139-307-411/412/413-614 Documentation Technical Manual P139/EN M/Ea8 (AFSV.12.10172.D)
P139/EN AD/Ak9 // AFSV.12.10260 D /// P139-308-414/415/416-630
U-3

(continued)
Overview Version P139-307-411/412/413-614718 Release: 04.08.2008 Hardware Changes No modifications
No modifications
Bug fixing: Reports from SIG1 to SIG40 were lost when events changed in just a few milli-seconds. Added to the communication protocol IEC 61850 are: MmuPriMMXU1/PhV.neut Voltage VNG prim. MmuPriMMXU1/PhV.res Volt. (VPG)/3 prim. MmuPriMMXU1/A.res MmuSecMMXU1./PhV.neut MmuSecMMXU1/PhV.res MmuSecMMXU1/A.neut MmuSecMXU1/A.res Current IP prim. Voltage VNG p.u. Volt. (VPG)/3 p.u. Current IN p.u. Current IP p.u.
LOC
Bug fixing: When the French character set was selected the Spanish character set appeared instead on the detachable HMI.
P139-307-411/412/413-614719 Release: 04.09.2008
Hardware
No modifications
No modifications
Bug fixing: A communications fault occurred when fast successive command signals were received (SPCs system/ SPCOx)
CBF
Bug fixing: The error occurring with the initialization of the 3-phase startup has been fixed.
U-4
P139/EN AD/Ak9 // AFSV.12.10260 D /// P139-308-414/415/416-630

(continued)
Version P139-308-414/415/416-630 Release: 15.11.2008 Hardware
Changes Three optional new binary I/O modules are now available: Bi6Bo6H: Control board with 6 binary signal inputs and 6 output relays with heavy duty contacts Bo4H: Binary output relay board with 4 heavy duty contacts Bi6Bo3: Control board with 6 binary signal inputs and 3 output relays The updated connection diagrams now include the interfaces with the new binary I/O modules. P139-414 (for 40T case, with pin-terminal connection) P139-415 (for 40T case, transformer module: with ring-terminal connection; other modules: with pin-terminal connection) P139-416 (for 84T case, with ring-terminal connection)
Diagram
Software IEC LOC Phase 2 of the IEC 61850 communications protocol has been implemented. New address for the hold-time of the measured value display added. (031 072) LOC: H o l d - t . m e a s . v . d i s p l Values range from 1 to 60 seconds. Default setting blocked, therefore the behavior is backward- (reverse-) compatible (new functionality disabled). Functionality: With the Bay Panel display the next or the previous configured measured value may be selected by pressing the keys "cursor down" or "cursor up". The new feature is that the next value will appear after the set time period has elapsed. When set to blocked the selected value will always be displayed. Bug fixing: The Password Display mode was not supported during a startup. COMM 1 Communications protocol IEC 60870-5-103: When checking during test operations it is now possible to trigger signals (SIG) and contact positions (DEV) from the control part (previously only possible from the protection part). These new addresses were added: Oper/CtrlTest/COMM1 (221 105) COMM1: S e l . p o s . d e v . t e s t (221 106) COMM1: T e s t p o s i t i o n d e v . Not assigned DEV01 to DEV10 don't execute execute open execute close execute intermed.
Bug fixing: Communications protocol DNP3: Contact positions were transmitted twice.
P139/EN AD/Ak9 // AFSV.12.10260 D /// P139-308-414/415/416-630
U-5

(continued)
Version MAIN
Changes Measured operating values are now also calculated during a general starting condition and no longer set to "Not measured". New addresses with a 32 bit measured value display have been added for the 4 energy measured values: (008 065) MAIN: A c t . e n e r g y o u t p . p r i m 0 ... 6,553,500.00 MWh (008 066) MAIN:A c t . e n e r g y i n p . p r i m 0 ... 6,553,500.00 MWh (008 067) MAIN: R e a c t . e n . o u t p . p r i m 0 ... 6,553,500.00 Mvar h (008 068) MAIN: R e a c t . e n . i n p . p r i m 0 ... 6,553,500.00 Mvar h The 4 addresses with the 16 bit display and overrun counter have been removed. THERM The new measured operating value "Thermal current" has been implemented as a part of function group THERM.
I, therm, prim = Status therm repl I ref Inom CT prim 100
I,therm,prim: Status therm repl: Iref: Inom CT prim:
T H E R M : C u r r e n t I , t h e r m p r i m (007 220) T H E R M : S t a t u s T H E R M r e p l i c a (004 016) THERM: Iref PSx (072 179, 073 179, 074 179, 075 179) MAIN: Inom C.T. prim. (010 001)
The per-unit thermal current is displayed as a variable referred to Iref:

I, therm, p.u. = I ref I, therm, prim Inom CT prim
I,therm,p.u.:
THERM: Current I,therm p.u
(007 221)
In a measured values message the thermal current is processed as a per-unit variable referred to Iref. V<> The stages Vref>, Vref>> and Vef<, Vref<< have been added to the timevoltage protection function: New parameters: 007 064, 007 071, 007 075, 007 079 007 065, 007 068, 007 072, 007 076 007 066, 007 069, 007 073, 007 077 007 067, 007 070, 007 074, 007 078 007 086, 007 097, 007 101, 007 105 007 087, 007 098, 007 102, 007 106 007 088, 007 099, 007 103, 007 107 007 096, 007 100, 007 104, 007 108 V<>: Vref> V<>: Vref>> V<>: tVref> V<>: tVref>> V<>: Vref< V<>: Vref<< V<>: tVref< V<>: tVref<< PSx PSx PSx PSx PSx PSx PSx PSx
U-6
P139/EN AD/Ak9 // AFSV.12.10260 D /// P139-308-414/415/416-630

(continued)
Version F_KEY
Changes Bug fixing: The function key selection (function group F_KEY) has been removed from the configuration.
P139/EN AD/Ak9 // AFSV.12.10260 D /// P139-308-414/415/416-630
U-7

(continued)
2. 2.1
Functional Details Communication Interface IEC 61850 (Function Group IEC)
As a further option the protection and control unit features an interface protocol according to the Ethernet-based communication standard IEC 61850. With regard to the implementation and configuration of the IEC communication interface the P139 versions as of firmware version -630 are now different from previous design versions. IEC 61850 IEC 61850 was created jointly by users and manufacturers as an international standard. The main target of IEC 61850 is interoperability of devices. This includes the capability of two or more intelligent electronic devices (IED), manufactured by the same company or different companies, to exchange data for combined operation. This communication standard IEC 61850 has now created an open and common basis for communication from the process control level down to the network control level, for the exchange of signals, data, measured values and commands. For a standardized description of all information and services available in a field device a data model, which lists all visible functions, is created. Such a data model, specifically created for each device, is used as a basis for an exchange of data between the devices and all process control installations interested in such information. In order to facilitate engineering at the process control level a standardized description file of the device, based on XML, is created with the help of the data model. This file can be imported and processed further by the relevant configuration program used by the process control device. This makes possible an automated creation of process variables, substations and signal images. Available is the following documentation providing the description of the IEC 61850 data model which is used with this unit: IDC file based on XML in the SCL (Substation Configuration Description Language) with a description of data, properties and services, available from the protection and control unit, that are to be imported into the configuration tool "IED Configurator or into a system configurator. PICS_MICS_ADL file with the following contents: PICS (Protocol Implementation Conformance Statement) with an overview of available services. MICS (Model Implementation Conformance Statement) with an overview of available object types. ADL (Address Assignment List) with an overview of the assignment of parameter addresses (signals, measuring values, commands, etc.) used by the protection and control unit with the data model as per IEC 61850.
U-8
P139/EN AD/Ak9 // AFSV.12.10260 D /// P139-308-414/415/416-630

(continued)
Ethernet module
The optional Ethernet module provides an RJ45 connection and a fiber optic interface where an Ethernet network can be connected. The selection which of the two interfaces is to be used to connect to the Ethernet network is made by setting the parameter [IC ]: M e d i a . There are two ordering variants available for the fiber-optic interface: the ST connector and the SC connector both for 100 Mbit/s and 1300 nm (a third variant ST connector for 100 Mbit/s and 1300 nm is pending). The RJ45 connector supports 10 Mbit/s and 100 Mbit/s. The optional Ethernet module additionally provides an RS485 interface for remote access with the operating program MiCOM S1 (function group COMM2). Notes: The protection and control unit may be equipped with the optional Ethernet module only as an alternative to the standard optional communication module. Therefore the Ethernet based communication protocol IEC 61850 is only available as an alternative to function group COMM1.
Configuration and enabling
The IEC function group can be included in the configuration by setting the parameter I E C : F u n c t i o n g r o u p I E C . This parameter is only visible if the optional Ethernet communication module is fitted to the protection and control unit. After having included the parameter I E C : F u n c t i o n g r o u p I E C in the configuration the parameter I E C : G e n e r a l e n a b l e U S E R and the parameters for internal clock tracking are visible and freely configurable. All further visible setting parameters from the IEC function group provide information only. They are set with the "IED Configurator", but they cannot be modified from the local control panel (HMI) or with the operating program. In the following description text they are identified by the characters "[IC ]:...". The function can be enabled or disabled by setting I E C : G e n e r a l e n a b l e U S E R . The setting parameters from the IEC function group as well as the related function groups GOOSE and GSSE are not automatically active in the protection and control unit. The protection and control unit features two memory "banks" one of which includes the active setting parameters. The other memory bank is used with the configuration procedure for parameters from the IED Configurator and the operating system. Specific project-related extensions of the IEC 61850 parameters from the IED Configurator are loaded into the protection and control unit by downloading a .MCL file. The inactive communication parameters are activated by executing the command I E C : S w i t c h C o n f i g . B a n k . This command may also be issued from the IED Configurator.
P139/EN AD/Ak9 // AFSV.12.10260 D /// P139-308-414/415/416-630
U-9

(continued)
System configurator PACiS SCE
.scd
.iid .icd
IED Configurator
IED Configurator
.mcl
.x3v
S&R 103 Operating program
19Z7001 A_EN
U-1
Configuration according to IEC 61850-6
U-10
P139/EN AD/Ak9 // AFSV.12.10260 D /// P139-308-414/415/416-630

(continued)
IEC 61850 parameters separate from protection device parameters!

IED Processor module Operating program Device parameter s
Parameter download Parameter switch
Control PC
IED Configurator
Ethernet module
Parameter upload
IEC 61850 parameter Bank 1
IEC 61850 parameter Bank 2
Bank switching to enable the device parameters
New approach to IED parameter management

19Z7002 A_EN
U-2
Saving configuration parameters
Client log-on
Communication in Ethernet no longer occurs in a restrictive master slave system, as is common with other protocols. Instead server or client functionalities, as defined in the 'Abstract Communication Service Interface' (ACSI, IEC 61870-7-2), are assigned to the protection and control units. A 'server' is always that unit which provides information to other units. A client may log on to this server in order to receive information, for instance 'reports'. In its function as server the protection and control unit can supply up to 16 clients, linked into the network, with spontaneous or cyclic information.
P139/EN AD/Ak9 // AFSV.12.10260 D /// P139-308-414/415/416-630
U-11

(continued)
Clock synchronization
With IEC 61850 clock synchronization occurs via the SNTP protocol, defined as standard for Ethernet. Here the protection and control unit functions as an SNTP client. For clock synchronization one can choose between the operating modes Anycast from SNTP Server or Request from Server. With the first operating mode synchronization occurs by a broadcast message sent from the SNTP server to all units in the network, and in the second operating mode the protection and control unit requests a unit-specific time signal during a settable cycle. Two SNTP servers may be set. In this case, clock synchronization is preferably performed by the first server. The second server is only reverted to if no signal is received from the first server. When looking at the source priority for clock synchronization, which is set at the MAIN function then, by selecting "COMM1/IEC", synchronization per IEC 61850 is automatically active but only if this communication protocol is applied.
Generating datasets, reporting
The specific project related feature of the protection and control units communications behavior is determined by the configuration of datasets, reports and high priority transmission methods. A piece of information must be included in a dataset so as to be transmitted as a signal. A dataset is a list to transmit certain data objects. The selection of data objects and the resulting length of the dataset is determined by the application; merely the maximum size of a dataset to be transmitted by GOOSE (see next section) is limited to 1500 bytes. Data objects provided by the protection and control unit are available for selection with a structure as specified by IEC 61850. Within the quality descriptor for each piece of information the invalid bit and the test bit are served according to the protection and control units state; the other attributes are not set. Any number of datasets may be created with the IED Configurator. Saving datasets at System\LLN0 is compulsory. The knowledge of dataset content is imperative for decoding and evaluating received signals. Configuration files possess a listing of all datasets with a description of all data objects included. Next to their use with high priority transmission methods (see following section) datasets are used mainly for reporting. The protection and control unit provides up to sixteen unbuffered reports and eight buffered reports independent of the number of clients logged-on. Management is arranged into sixteen Unbuffered Report Control Blocks (urcbA to urcbP) and eight Buffered Report Control Blocks (brcbA to brcbH). Whereas with unbuffered reporting pieces of information may be lost during a communications failure, the buffered report control blocks support a buffered transmission which is required for the uninterrupted writing of events. A pre-defined dataset may be assigned to each report which will then determine which data object will be transmitted with the relevant report. Assigning datasets is not limited; the same dataset may be referenced in various reports or even in GOOSEs. The protection and control unit can serve up to sixteen clients. Each client can log-on to any number of available reports, but one report is always allocated exclusively to only one client. The client is then able to activate the wanted report for himself and to set the transmission behavior to his requirements. The system concept with intended clients must be taken into account when datasets are assigned to the reports. Reports are not received by the protection and control units.
U-12
P139/EN AD/Ak9 // AFSV.12.10260 D /// P139-308-414/415/416-630

(continued)
Transmitting modeled signals not provided by the IEC 61850 data model
In addition to the information included in the IEC 61850 data model an optional number of up to 16 signals can be selected from all the signals available in the protection and control unit to be transmitted via reporting. A selection of state signals (shuttling to communications) is made by setting I E C : S i g G G I O 1 s e l e c t i o n . The data object indexes defined for SigGGIO1 must follow the sequence given for the m out of n selection for the state signals. The indexes SigGGIO1.ST.ind1 to SigGGIO1.ST.ind16 may then be included in the datasets just as the other data objects. Single commands (e.g. short command, long command, persistent command) are configured with the operating program. Sending commands to the protection and control unit can be carried out from all clients that have previously logged-on to the protection and control unit. But only one command at a time is carried out. The operating mode Direct control with normal security is provided for single commands.
Single commands
Control of switchgear devices
Configuration of control of switchgear devices for the IEC 61850 is only possible with the IED Configurator. Control of switchgear devices can be carried out from all clients that have previously logged-on to the protection and control unit. Only one control command is carried out at a time, i.e. further control requests issued by other clients during the effecting of such a command are rejected. The following operating modes [ I C ] : c t l M o d e l are available to control external devices by clients and they can be individually set for each switchgear device: Status only Direct control with enhanced security SBO (Select before operate) with enhanced security When set to the operating mode Select before operate the switchgear device is selected by the client before the control command is issued. Because of this selection the switchgear device is reserved for the client. Control requests issued by other clients are rejected. If after a selection no control command is issued by the client the protection and control unit resets this selection after a settable timeout period [IC ]: s b o T i m e o u t (default: 2 minutes) has elapsed. If with a system application it must be ensured that only one control command is being processed system wide ("uniqueness") then interlocking of secondary units among themselves is set up with GOOSE. For further details see description of function group GOOSE. The switchgear devices contact positions are signaled to the clients with the reports.
Fault transmission
Including fault transmission for the IEC 61850 in the configuration is only possible with the IED Configurator. Transmission of fault files is supported per "File Transfer". COMTRADE fault files in the protection and control unit are transmitted uniformly either as ASCII or binary formatted files. Fault transmission can be cancelled from the configuration.
P139/EN AD/Ak9 // AFSV.12.10260 D /// P139-308-414/415/416-630
U-13

(continued)
High priority transmission of information
Whereas normal server-client services are transmitted at the MMS and TCP/IP level the high priority transmission of information is carried out directly at Ethernet level. Furthermore messages in such a particular form can be received by all participants in the relevant sub-network, independent of their server or client function. They are deployed in instances where high speed transmission of information is wanted between two or more devices. Applications, for example, are reverse interlocking, transfer trip or decentralized substation interlock. The standard IEC 61850 provides two modes for high priority transmission of information: the GSSE and the GOOSE. The GSSE (also named UCA2-GOOSE ) is used to transmit binary information with a simple configuration by 'bit pairs', and it is compatible with UCA2. The GOOSE enables transmission of all data formats available in the data model, such as binary information, integer values, two-pole contact position signals or analog measured values. The protection and control unit supports receipt and evaluation of GOOSE including binary information and two-pole contact position signals from external devices.
Communication with the operating program MiCOM S1 via the Ethernet interface
Direct access by the operating program MiCOM S1 via the Ethernet interface on the protection and control unit may occur through the "tunneling principle". Transmission is carried out by an Ethernet Standard Protocol, but this is only supported by the associated operating program MiCOM S1 (specific manufacturer solution). Such transmission is accomplished over the same hardware for the network, which is used for server-client communication. Available are all the familiar functions offered by the operating program MiCOM S1 such as reading/writing of setting parameters or retrieving stored data.
U-14
P139/EN AD/Ak9 // AFSV.12.10260 D /// P139-308-414/415/416-630

(continued)
Function group IEC presents the following parameters, measured values and signals: Parameters listed in italic letters provide information only. They are set with the IEC 61850 configuration tool "IED Configurator", but they cannot be modified from the local control panel (HMI) or with the operating program. Configuration parameters in the operating program IEC: Function group IEC Cancelling function group IEC or including it in the configuration. If the function group is cancelled from the configuration, then all associated settings and signals are hidden. IEC: General enable USER Enabling and disabling function group IEC.
104 000 056 059
104 043 IEC: Switch Config. Bank This parameter can only be sent individually. Accepting the previously set communication parameters as the active communication settings.
IEC: Active Config. Name

Name of the configuration bank currently valid. Setting is carried out with the IED Configurator.
104 045
IEC: Active Config. Vers.

Version number of the configuration bank currently valid. Setting is carried out with the IED Configurator.
104 046
IEC: Inact. Config. Name

Name of the inactive configuration bank. Setting is carried out with the IED Configurator.
104 047
IEC: Inact. Config. Vers.

Version number of the inactive configuration bank. Setting is carried out with the IED Configurator.
104 048
IEC: IED name
104 057
Explicitly assigned device name for the function in the system (IED); is part of the Logical Device Name. Setting is carried out with the IED Configurator.
P139/EN AD/Ak9 // AFSV.12.10260 D /// P139-308-414/415/416-630
U-15

(continued)
IEC: IP address
104 001
Explicitly assigned IP address of the protection and control unit used for the server function in the system.
IEC: Subnet mask
104 005
The subnet mask defines which part of the IP address is addressed by the sub-network and which part by the device that is logged-on to the network.
IEC: Gateway address

This parameter defines the IPv4 address of the network gateway for communication links to clients outside of the local network.
104 011
IEC: SNTP server 1 IP

IP address of the preferred server used for clock synchronization.
104 202
IEC: SNTP server 2 IP

IP address of the backup server used for clock synchronization
104 210
104 064 IEC: SigGGIO1 selection Optional signal assignment for a transmission per communication protocol IEC 61850 based on the selection table of the binary inputs (opto coupler inputs). 104 206 IEC: Diff. local time Time difference between UTC and local time at the protection and control units substation.
IEC: Diff. dayl.sav. time Time difference of the daylight saving time to standard time.
104 207
104 219 IEC: Switch.dayl.sav.time This setting defines whether an automatic switching to daylight saving time is wanted. 104 220 IEC: Dayl.sav.time start 104 221 IEC: Dayl.sav.time st. d 104 222 IEC: Dayl.sav.time st. m These three parameters define the date for switching from standard time over to daylight saving time. By combining the three parameters I E C : D a y l . s a v . t i m e s t a r t (values "first", "second", "third", "fourth", "last"), I E C : D a y l . s a v . t i m e s t . d (seven weekdays) and I E C : D a y l . s a v . t i m e s t . m (month) a setting, for example, such as "on the last Sunday in March" can be carried out. 104 223 IEC: Dayl.sav.t.st.0:00 + Time period in minutes after midnight when daylight saving time is switched to standard time. If for example the clock is advanced one hour from 2:00 AM to 3:00 AM the parameter I E C : D a y l . s a v . t . s t . 0 : 0 0 + is set to 120 (minutes). 104 225 IEC: Dayl.sav.time end 104 226 IEC: Dayl.sav.time end d 104 227 IEC: Dayl.sav.time end m 104 228 IEC: Dayl.sav.t.end 0:00+ These parameters define the date and time of day for the clock changeover from daylight saving time to standard time. Settings are made similar to the changeover to daylight saving time.
U-16
P139/EN AD/Ak9 // AFSV.12.10260 D /// P139-308-414/415/416-630

(continued)
Parameter, unit identification DVICE: MAC address module A MAC address for the network hardware of the Ethernet module. This address is introduced during manufacture and can only be read. Function parameters associated with IEC 61850, general function COUNT: Iec61850 pulsQty
104 061
221 096
Setting the scaling factor to transmit the counter value via communication protocol IEC 61850. According to the standard the resulting value is calculated as: Value transmitted = actual value * pulsQty (see IEC 61850: Value = actVal * pulsQty). Operation, cyclic values, logic state signals IEC: Comm. link faulty
105 180
Display when an Ethernet module is not operational, i.e. if the MAC address is missing or there is a non-plausible parameter setting. IEC: Control reservation Display if a client has made a reservation to control an external device ("select" for control by control mode "select before operate"). Configuration parameters in the IED Configurator
221 082
IED Details: SCL File ID

Identification of the .MCL configuration file; preset.
IED Details: SCL File Version

Specific value to identify the IEC 61850 data model and configuration; preset.
IED Details: Name

Explicitly assigned unit name for the function in the system (IED); is part of the Logical Device Name. Further specific values listed in the column "Template Details only provide information. They are preset and can not be modified.
Communications: Connected Sub-Network

Optional name available to identify the Ethernet.
Communications: Access Point

Part of the communications control; preset, cannot be modified.
Communications: IP Address
Explicitly assigned IP address of the protection and control unit for the server function in the system.
Communications: SubNet Mask

The subnet mask defines which part of the IP address is addressed by the sub-network and which part by the device that is logged-on to the network.
P139/EN AD/Ak9 // AFSV.12.10260 D /// P139-308-414/415/416-630
U-17

(continued)
Communications: Gateway Address

This parameter defines the IPv4 address of the network gateway for communication links to clients outside of the local network.
Communications: Media
Network hardware provided as fiber optics or twisted pair copper wires.
Communications: TCP Keepalive

Communication monitoring at TCP level; preset.
Communications: Database Lock Timeout

Return time period for setting procedures that have commenced; preset.
SNTP: Poll Rate (seconds)

Polling interval for clock synchronization; preset.
SNTP: Accepted Stratum level

Quality criterion to accept an SNTP server for clock synchronization; preset, cannot be modified.
SNTP: IP Address
IP address of the preferred server used for clock synchronization.
SNTP: virtual key "Use Anycast"

Appointing any server in the local network to provide clock synchronization. Further specific values listed in the column "External server parameters" may be accepted when imported from a XML configuration file.
Dataset Definitions: Name

Explicitly assigned name for the dataset.
Dataset Definitions: Location

Saving datasets at System\LLN0 is compulsory.
Dataset Definitions: Contents

Content (data objects, data attributes) of a dataset
Dataset Definitions: Display GOOSE Capacity

Checking the length of a dataset for less than 1500 bytes to permit transmission in GOOSE messages. The display is irrelevant when the dataset is only used in reports.
Report Control Blocks: Report Type

Report type Unbuffered Buffered updating saving
Report Control Blocks: Report ID
Report ID consisting of the Device Name and the Report Control Block.
Report Control Blocks: Dataset Reference

Name of the dataset assigned to the report.
U-18
P139/EN AD/Ak9 // AFSV.12.10260 D /// P139-308-414/415/416-630

(continued)
Report Control Blocks: Configuration Revision

Revision status of the configuration.
Controls: ctlModel
To control external devices the following operating modes can be set: Status only manually operated switching device Direct control with enhanced security direct command issue with extended monitoring of command effecting SBO (Select before operate) with enhanced security switching device selection procedure with extended monitoring of command effecting
Controls: sboTimeout
Return time period after selection without having a issued command.
Controls: Uniqueness of Control: Multicast MAC Address

Virtual MAC address used as a receive filter; preset.
Controls, Uniqueness of Control: Application ID (hex)

ID-number of the GOOSE.
Controls, Uniqueness of Control: Source Path

Information data attribute in the transmitting device.
Controls, Uniqueness of Control: GOOSE Identifier

ID of the GOOSE in the transmitting device.
Controls, Uniqueness of Control: Dataset Reference

Name of the dataset assigned to the GOOSE in the transmitting device.
Controls, Uniqueness of Control: Configuration Revision

Configuration revision status of the transmitting device.
P139/EN AD/Ak9 // AFSV.12.10260 D /// P139-308-414/415/416-630
U-19

(continued)
Controls, Uniqueness of Control: Data Obj Index

Position index of the data object within the GOOSE.
Controls, Uniqueness of Control: Default Input Value

Default value for the information in case GOSSE receipt has failed: False default: not set True Last Known Value Double Point: Intermediate (00) Double Point: Off (01) Double Point: On (10) Double Point: Bad state (11) default: set default: retain last value received default: switching device in intermediate position default: switching device open default: switching device closed default: switching device in intermediate position
Measurements: Unit multiplier

Multiplication factor; not supported.
Measurements: Scaled measurement range Min

Lower measuring range limit value; not supported.
Measurements: Scaled measurement range Max

Upper measuring range limit value; not supported.
Measurements: Dead band

Multiplier for the smallest display value of the measured value. In order to have the current measured value sent when it has changed from the value last sent the result of the set dead band value multiplied by the smallest display value must exceed the smallest display value.
Configurable Data Attributes: Mod.measCyc: Value

Transmission of measured values: Time interval in seconds between two dead band evaluations.
Configurable Data Attributes: Mod.enCyc: Value

Cyclic transmission of measured values without dead band check: Time interval in seconds between transmissions of two energy count values.
Configurable Data Attributes: Mod.comtrade: Value

Transmission of COMTRADE fault files formatted either as ASCII or binary files.
Configurable Data Attributes: Mod.distExtr: Value

Cancelling fault transmission or including it in the configuration. Further specific values listed in the column "Data type only provide information. They are preset and cannot be modified.
U-20
P139/EN AD/Bk9 // AFSV.12.10261 D /// P139-308-414/415/416-630

(continued)
2.2
Generic Object Oriented Substation Event (Function Group GOOSE)
For high priority exchange of information between individual units (IEDs) in a local network, the protection and control unit provides the function group GOOSE as defined in the standard IEC 61850. GOOSE features high-speed and secure transmission of information for reverse interlocking, decentralized substation interlock, trip commands, blocking, enabling, contact position signals and other signals. GOOSE Messages are only transmitted by switches but not by routers. GOOSE messages therefore remain in the local network to which the protection and control unit is logged-on. Configuration and enabling Function group GOOSE can be configured with the parameter G O O S E : F u n c t i o n g r o u p G O O S E . This parameter is only visible if the optional Ethernet communication module is fitted to the protection and control unit. After having configured the GOOSE all parameters associated to this function group are then visible and ready to be configured. Further setting parameters from function group GOOSE are set with the IED Configurator, but they cannot be modified from the local control panel (MMI) or with the operating program. The function can then be enabled or disabled by setting GOOSE: General enable USER.
P139/EN AD/Ak9 // AFSV.12.10260 D /// P139-308-414/415/416-630
U-21

(continued)
Device A
IEC 61850 Mapping S1 Studio System/GosGGIO2
Device B
S1 Studio GOOSE: Input 1 ... 32
GOOSE: Output 1 ... 32
System/GosGGIO2.ST.ind1 ... 32
IED Configurator System/LLN 0/Datasetx
IED Configurator
System/GosGGIO1
Pos1.stVal ... Pos32.stVal
IED Configurator System/LLN0/gcb01 ... 08
MCL
IED Configurator System/DevGosGGIO3 Pos1.stVal ... Pos32.stVal Fixed assignment
S1 Studio
Ext.Dev 1 32
19Z7003 A_EN
U-3
GOOSE configuration
U-22
P139/EN AD/Ak9 // AFSV.12.10260 D /// P139-308-414/415/416-630

(continued)
Sending GOOSE
The GOOSE can send up to eight different GOOSE messages which are managed in eight GOOSE Control Blocks (gcb01 to gcb08). Information content depends on the respective dataset assigned to GOOSE. The maximum size of a dataset to be sent by GOOSE is limited to 1500 bytes. A control display is shown by the IED Configurator to check this limit. When defining the datasets for GOOSE it is advised to select the individual data attributes and not the overlapping data objects. By this the amount of data is kept within a limit and decoding is guaranteed on the receiving end. In addition to the information included in the IEC 61850 data model an optional number of up to 32 signals can be selected from all the signals available in the protection and control unit to be transmitted via GOOSE, as it is also possible with reporting. Selection of binary state signals (shuttling to communications) is made by setting G O O S E : O u t p u t n f c t . a s s i g . (n = 1 to 32). The data object indexes defined for SigGGIO1 must follow the function assignments for the GOOSE outputs. The indexes GosGGIO2.ST.ind1 to GosGGIO2.ST.ind32 may then be included in the datasets just as the other data objects. When a state change occurs with a selected state signal or a measured value changes which is greater than the dead band set for the relevant data point then the complete GOOSE is sent. There will be multiple send repetitions at ascending time periods. The first send repetition occurs at the given cycle time set with the parameter [ I C ] : M i n i m u m C y c l e T i m e . The cycles for the following send repetitions result from a conditional equation with the increment set with the parameter [ I C ] : I n c r e m e n t . Should no further state changes occur up to the time when the maximum cycle time has elapsed [IC ]: M a xi m u m C yc l e T i m e , then GOOSE will be sent cyclically at intervals as set for the maximum cycle time. In order to have unambiguous identification of a GOOSE sent, characteristics such as [IC]: Multicast MAC Address, [IC]: Application ID (hex), [ I C ] : V L A N I d e n t i f i e r ( h e x ) , [ I C ] : V L A N P r i o r i t y and [IC]: GOOSE Identifier must be entered in the IED Configurator settings. Further characteristics are [IC]: Dataset Reference and [IC]: Configuration Revision. Each GOOSE is given the state change index and the number of send repetitions.
P139/EN AD/Ak9 // AFSV.12.10260 D /// P139-308-414/415/416-630
U-23

(continued)
Receiving GOOSE
With GOOSE up to 32 logic binary state signals as well as 32 two-pole contact position signals from external devices (Ext.Devxx) can be received. For each state signal or contact position signal to be received a specific GOOSE message is to be selected, which will contain the information wanted, by setting [IC ]: M u l ti c a s t M AC Ad d r e s s , [IC]: Application ID (hex), [IC]: Source Path, [IC]: GOOSE Identifier and [IC ]: D a ta Se t R e fe r e n c e . With the further setting of [ I C ] : D a t a O b j I n d e x / T y p e , which corresponds to the GOOSE position index and the information structure of the sending unit, the required information from the chosen GOOSE will be selected. The identification features "VLAN identifier" and [ I C ] : C o n f i g u r a t i o n R e v i s i o n that are also included in the GOOSE received will not be evaluated. These parameters characterizing the information may be taken either from unit or project planning documentation of the sending unit or from a configuration file which is conform to IEC 61850. The IED Configurator will support the import of .IID, .SCD and .MCL files when the "browse function" (virtual key) is applied. The selection and acceptance of parameters from an existing project planning is distinguished by a simplified and very reliable data input. Should the data type of the selected data object provide quality information then this can be evaluated. When activating [I C ] : Q u a l i t y O b j I n d e x the distance of the quality descriptor to the data object (if not preset) must be given as well as the quality criterion, which is to be tested. A signal is rejected when one of the bits ([IC ]: In va l i d i ty Q u a l i ty b i ts , see displayed bar with bit state) is received as a set bit. These parameters are usually described in a configuration file and are accepted from there during an import action. Each GOOSE includes time information on the duration of validity of its information. This corresponds to the double time period to the next GOOSE repetition. If the duration of validity has elapsed without having received this GOOSE again (i.e. because of a fault in communications), the signals received will automatically be set to their respective default value [ I C ] : D e f a u l t I n p u t V a l u e . Which of the possible state values will set the wanted security grade is dependent on the relevant application. The following configuration (shuttling to the protection and control unit functions) of the logic state signals received from the logic node GosGGIO1 (G O O S E : I n p u t n f c t . a s s i g . (n = 1 to 32)) is made on the basis of the selection table of the binary signal inputs (opto-coupler inputs). Contact position signals received from external devices (LN: DevGosGGIO3) are listed in the selection table for interlocking equations of the function group ILOCK, which are available to design a decentralized substation interlock. The virtual key "Unmap" may be used to remove the link of a binary signal input to an external data point. In such a case all entries for this binary signal input are deleted.
U-24
P139/EN AD/Ak9 // AFSV.12.10260 D /// P139-308-414/415/416-630

(continued)
Uniqueness of control within a system
If with a system application it must be ensured that only one control command at a time is being processed system wide ("uniqueness") then interlocking of secondary units among themselves is setup with GOOSE. The protection and control unit sets the status information Control/LLN0.ST.OrdRun.stVal. when it has received a control command. This information stored in a dataset is distributed in the system by GOOSE and is therefore available to all other units as an interlocking condition. The state information is reset and accordingly signaled after termination of the command sequence. The protection and control unit is capable to monitor the command status of up to 32 further units. With the IED Configurator OrdRunGGIO1.ind1.stVal to OrdRunGGIO1.ind32.stVal are configured in a similar way to the other GOOSE inputs. A shuttling to the interlocking equations is not necessary as their consideration within command checking is automatically enabled when the first binary signal input is configured. During a signaling receipt phase command effecting will be rejected.
Device A
IED Configurator
Device B
S1 Studio
Control/LLN0.ST.OrdRun.stVal
IED Configurator System/LLN 0/Datasetx
IED Configurator System/LLN0/gcb01 ... 08
MCL
IED Configurator System/OrdRunGGIO1 Ind1.stVal ... Ind32.stVal
19Z7004 A_EN
U-4
Uniqueness of Control
P139/EN AD/Ak9 // AFSV.12.10260 D /// P139-308-414/415/416-630
U-25

(continued)
The function group GOOSE presents the following parameters, measured values and signals: Configuration parameters in the operating program GOOSE: Function group GOOSE
056 068
Cancelling function group GOOSE or including it in the configuration. If the function group is cancelled from the configuration, then all associated settings and signals are hidden. Parameters included in this function group are only effective when function group IEC is configured and enabled and when the parameters in this function group have been activated by setting the parameter IEC: S w i t c h C o n f i g . B a n k . GOOSE: General enable USER Enabling and disabling function group GOOSE.
106 001
U-26
P139/EN AD/Ak9 // AFSV.12.10260 D /// P139-308-414/415/416-630

(continued)
106 011 GOOSE: Output 1 fct.assig. 106 013 GOOSE: Output 2 fct.assig. 106 015 GOOSE: Output 3 fct.assig. 106 017 GOOSE: Output 4 fct.assig. 106 019 GOOSE: Output 5 fct.assig. 106 021 GOOSE: Output 6 fct.assig. 106 023 GOOSE: Output 7 fct.assig. 106 025 GOOSE: Output 8 fct.assig. 106 027 GOOSE: Output 9 fct.assig. 106 029 GOOSE: Output 10 fct.assig. 106 031 GOOSE: Output 11 fct.assig. 106 033 GOOSE: Output 12 fct.assig. 106 035 GOOSE: Output 13 fct.assig. 106 037 GOOSE: Output 14 fct.assig. 106 039 GOOSE: Output 15 fct.assig. 106 041 GOOSE: Output 16 fct.assig. 106 043 GOOSE: Output 17 fct.assig. 106 045 GOOSE: Output 18 fct.assig. 106 047 GOOSE: Output 19 fct.assig. 106 049 GOOSE: Output 20 fct.assig. 106 051 GOOSE: Output 21 fct.assig. 106 053 GOOSE: Output 22 fct.assig. 106 055 GOOSE: Output 23 fct.assig. 106 057 GOOSE: Output 24 fct.assig. 106 059 GOOSE: Output 25 fct.assig. 106 061 GOOSE: Output 26 fct.assig. 106 063 GOOSE: Output 27 fct.assig. 106 065 GOOSE: Output 28 fct.assig. 106 067 GOOSE: Output 29 fct.assig. 106 069 GOOSE: Output 30 fct.assig. 106 071 GOOSE: Output 31 fct.assig. 106 073 GOOSE: Output 32 fct.assig. Function assignment of a binary logical state signal to the virtual GOOSE outputs. Signals configured here can be included as GosGGIO2.ST.ind1 to GosGGIO2.ST.ind32 in the datasets.
P139/EN AD/Ak9 // AFSV.12.10260 D /// P139-308-414/415/416-630
U-27

(continued)
107 006 GOOSE: Input 1 fct.assig. 107 016 GOOSE: Input 2 fct.assig. 107 026 GOOSE: Input 3 fct.assig. 107 036 GOOSE: Input 4 fct.assig. 107 046 GOOSE: Input 5 fct.assig. 107 056 GOOSE: Input 6 fct.assig. 107 066 GOOSE: Input 7 fct.assig. 107 076 GOOSE: Input 8 fct.assig. 107 086 GOOSE: Input 9 fct.assig. 107 096 GOOSE: Input 10 fct.assig. 107 106 GOOSE: Input 11 fct.assig. 107 116 GOOSE: Input 12 fct.assig. 107 126 GOOSE: Input 13 fct.assig. 107 136 GOOSE: Input 14 fct.assig. 107 146 GOOSE: Input 15 fct.assig. 107 156 GOOSE: Input 16 fct.assig. 107 157 GOOSE: Input 17 fct.assig. 107 158 GOOSE: Input 18 fct.assig. 107 159 GOOSE: Input 19 fct.assig. 107 160 GOOSE: Input 20 fct.assig. 107 161 GOOSE: Input 21 fct.assig. 107 162 GOOSE: Input 22 fct.assig. 107 163 GOOSE: Input 23 fct.assig. 107 164 GOOSE: Input 24 fct.assig. 107 165 GOOSE: Input 25 fct.assig. 107 166 GOOSE: Input 26 fct.assig. 107 167 GOOSE: Input 27 fct.assig. 107 168 GOOSE: Input 28 fct.assig. 107 169 GOOSE: Input 29 fct.assig. 107 170 GOOSE: Input 30 fct.assig. 107 171 GOOSE: Input 31 fct.assig. 107 172 GOOSE: Input 32 fct.assig. Function assignment of the virtual binary GOOSE inputs (GosGGIO1\Pos1.stVal to GosGGIO1\Pos32.stVal) to a binary logical state signal on the protection and control unit so that they can be processed further by the protection, control or logic functions. Signals configured here contain the received and pre-processed state of data attributes configured for GOOSE receipt.
U-28
P139/EN AD/Ak9 // AFSV.12.10260 D /// P139-308-414/415/416-630

(continued)
Physical State Signals
GOOSE: Output 1 state GOOSE: Output 2 state GOOSE: Output 3 state GOOSE: Output 4 state GOOSE: Output 5 state GOOSE: Output 6 state GOOSE: Output 7 state GOOSE: Output 8 state GOOSE: Output 9 state GOOSE: Output 10 state GOOSE: Output 11 state GOOSE: Output 12 state GOOSE: Output 13 state GOOSE: Output 14 state GOOSE: Output 15 state GOOSE: Output 16 state GOOSE: Output 17 state GOOSE: Output 18 state GOOSE: Output 19 state GOOSE: Output 20 state GOOSE: Output 21 state GOOSE: Output 22 state GOOSE: Output 23 state GOOSE: Output 24 state GOOSE: Output 25 state GOOSE: Output 26 state GOOSE: Output 27 state GOOSE: Output 28 state GOOSE: Output 29 state GOOSE: Output 30 state GOOSE: Output 31 state GOOSE: Output 32 state Display of the virtual binary GOOSE output state.
106 010 106 012 106 014 106 016 106 018 106 020 106 022 106 024 106 026 106 028 106 030 106 032 106 034 106 036 106 038 106 040 106 042 106 044 106 046 106 048 106 050 106 052 106 054 106 056 106 058 106 060 106 062 106 064 106 066 106 068 106 070 106 072
P139/EN AD/Ak9 // AFSV.12.10260 D /// P139-308-414/415/416-630
U-29

(continued)
GOOSE: Input 1 state GOOSE: Input 2 state GOOSE: Input 3 state GOOSE: Input 4 state GOOSE: Input 5 state GOOSE: Input 6 state GOOSE: Input 7 state GOOSE: Input 8 state GOOSE: Input 9 state GOOSE: Input 10 state GOOSE: Input 11 state GOOSE: Input 12 state GOOSE: Input 13 state GOOSE: Input 14 state GOOSE: Input 15 state GOOSE: Input 16 state GOOSE: Input 17 state GOOSE: Input 18 state GOOSE: Input 19 state GOOSE: Input 20 state GOOSE: Input 21 state GOOSE: Input 22 state GOOSE: Input 23 state GOOSE: Input 24 state GOOSE: Input 25 state GOOSE: Input 26 state GOOSE: Input 27 state GOOSE: Input 28 state GOOSE: Input 29 state GOOSE: Input 30 state GOOSE: Input 31 state GOOSE: Input 32 state Display of the virtual binary GOOSE input state.
106 200 106 201 106 202 106 203 106 204 106 205 106 206 106 207 106 208 106 209 106 210 106 211 106 212 106 213 106 214 106 215 106 216 106 217 106 218 106 219 106 220 106 221 106 222 106 223 106 224 106 225 106 226 106 227 106 228 106 229 106 230 106 231
U-30
P139/EN AD/Ak9 // AFSV.12.10260 D /// P139-308-414/415/416-630

(continued)
Logic State Signals
GOOSE: Ext.Dev01 position State of the virtual two-pole GOOSE input, representing the state of an external device.
109 000
(Addresses 109 000,109 005109 175 for the external devices Dev01 to Dev32.)
109 001 GOOSE: Ext.Dev01 open Binary open state of the virtual two-pole GOOSE input, representing the state of an external device.
109 002 GOOSE: Ext.Dev01 closed Binary closed state of the virtual two-pole GOOSE input, representing the state of an external device.
(Addresses 109 002,109 007109 177 for the external devices Dev01 to Dev32.) GOOSE: Ext.Dev01 interm.pos Binary intermediate position state of the virtual two-pole GOOSE input, representing the state of an external device.
109 003
107 180 GOOSE: IED01 link faulty Display whether GOOSE receipt of the configured signal is faulty or not available. To each GOOSE the GOOSE sending device will attach a validity stamp, up to which a repetition of GOOSE will be carried out independent of a change of state. Thus the protection and control unit monitors the time period at which the next state signal must be received.
(Addresses 107 180107 215 for IED01 to IED32.)

107 216 GOOSE: ExtDev01 link faulty Display whether GOOSE receipt of the configured external device is faulty or not available. To each GOOSE the GOOSE sending device will attach a validity stamp, up to which a repetition of GOOSE will be carried out independent of a change of state. Thus the protection and control unit monitors the time period at which the next state signal must be received.
(Addresses 107 216107 247 for the external devices Dev01 to Dev32.)
107 250 GOOSE: IED link faulty Display which appears as soon as receipt of at least one of the configured GOOSEs is faulty or not available. To each GOOSE the GOOSE sending device will attach a validity stamp, up to which a repetition of GOOSE will be carried out independent of a change of state. Thus the protection and control unit monitors the time period at which the next state signal must be received.
P139/EN AD/Ak9 // AFSV.12.10260 D /// P139-308-414/415/416-630
U-31

(continued)
Configuration parameters in the IED Configurator
GOOSE Publishing: Multicast MAC Address

Virtual MAC address that the sending unit provides as the destination; preset.
GOOSE Publishing: Application ID (hex)

Explicitly assigned ID-number of the GOOSE.
GOOSE Publishing: VLAN Identifier (hex)

ID-number of the virtual LAN with which the GOOSE is sent; preset.
GOOSE Publishing: VLAN Priority

Priority with which the GOOSE is sent in the virtual LAN; preset.
GOOSE Publishing: Minimum Cycle Time

First send repetition of the GOOSE occurring after the set time period; preset.
GOOSE Publishing: Maximum Cycle Time

Continuous send repetition of the GOOSE occurring after the set time period; preset.
GOOSE Publishing: Increment

Specification factor for the transition of time intervals for GOOSE send repetitions from the first to the continuous repetition.
GOOSE Publishing: GOOSE Identifier

GOOSE ID consisting of the Device Name and the GOOSE Control Block.
GOOSE Publishing: Dataset Reference

Name of the dataset assigned to the GOOSE.
GOOSE Publishing: Configuration Revision

Revision status of the configuration.
U-32
P139/EN AD/Ak9 // AFSV.12.10260 D /// P139-308-414/415/416-630

(continued)
GOOSE Subscribing: Multicast MAC Address

Virtual MAC address used as a receive filter; preset.
GOOSE Subscribing: Application ID (hex)

ID-number of the GOOSE.
GOOSE Subscribing: Source Path

Information data attribute in the transmitting device.
GOOSE Subscribing: GOOSE Identifier

ID of the GOOSE in the transmitting device.
GOOSE Subscribing: Dataset Reference

Name of the dataset assigned to the GOOSE in the transmitting device.
GOOSE Subscribing: Configuration Revision

Configuration revision status of the transmitting device.
GOOSE Subscribing: Data Obj Index

Position index of the data object within the GOOSE.
GOOSE Subscribing: Data Type

Structure of the data object; possible settings: Unknown Boolean Int8 Int16 Int32 UInt8 UInt16 UInt32 Float BStr2 SPS DPS Unknown Boolean Integer, with 8 digits Integer, with 16 digits Integer, with 32 digits Positive integer, with 8 digits Positive integer, with 16 digits Positive integer, with 32 digits Floating-point number Binary state, with 2 digits Single-pole signal Two-pole signal
GOOSE Subscribing: Quality Obj Index

Distance of the quality descriptor to the data object if not preset. The quality of the received information is to be tested if such has been configured.
P139/EN AD/Ak9 // AFSV.12.10260 D /// P139-308-414/415/416-630
U-33

(continued)
GOOSE Subscribing: Invalidity Quality bits

Quality criterion, which is to be tested. Invalid / Questionable Source Relay test OperatorBlocked and Overflow OutofRange BadReference Oscillatory Failure OldData Inconsistent Inaccurate Measured value has exceeded its capacity Measured value has exceeded its range Referenced value is faulty Value is volatile Faulty Information is out-of-date Information is unreliable Information is inaccurate Invalid / questionable Information source is faulty Sending unit is set to test mode Blocked by operator
GOOSE Subscribing: Evaluation Expression

Criteria to check the received information content by comparing it with a set integer value; the parameter is not supported in the protection and control unit. Equal to Compared to: equal Not equal to Compared to: unequal Greater than Compared to: greater Less than Compared to: less Pass through Do not compare
GOOSE Subscribing: Default Input Value

Default value for the information in case GOSSE receipt has failed False Default: not set True Default: set Last Known Value Default: retain last value received Double Point: Intermediate (00) Default: switching device in intermediate position Double Point: Off (01) Default: switching device open Double Point: On (10) Ddefault: switching device closed Double Point: Bad state (11) Default: switching device in intermediate position
U-34
P139/EN AD/Bk9 // AFSV.12.10261 D /// P139-308-414/415/416-630
Customer Care Centre

http://www.schneider-electric.com/CCC
www.schneider-electric.com Publication: P139/EN AD/Bk9 // AFSV.12.10261 D /// P139-308-414/415/416-630
MiCOM P139
Feeder Management and Bay Control P139/EN AD/Ab9 (AFSV.12.10360 D)
Version => P139 P139 -307 -308 -411/412/413 -614 -414/415/416 -615
Update Documentation
P139, changes in software version -614 to -615

(continued)
In the new version of the P139 several enhanced features and changes on existing features have been included. These are described with reference to the Technical Manuals listed below. References Release 13.08.2008 Version P139-307-411/412/413-614 Documentation Technical Manual AFSV.12.10172 D
P139/EN AD/Ab9 // AFSV.12.10360 EN /// P139-308-414/415/416-615
U-3

(continued)
1 Version P139-307-411/412/413-614 -718 Release: 04.08.2008
Overview Changes
Hardware
No changes
No changes
Bug fixing: Reports from SIG1 to SIG40 were lost when events changed in just a few milli-seconds. Added to the communication protocol IEC 61850 are: MmuPriMMXU1/PhV.neut Voltage VNG prim. MmuPriMMXU1/PhV.res Volt. (VPG)/3 prim. MmuPriMMXU1/A.res MmuSecMMXU1./PhV.neut MmuSecMMXU1/PhV.res MmuSecMMXU1/A.neut MmuSecMXU1/A.res Current IP prim. Voltage VNG p.u. Volt. (VPG)/3 p.u. Current IN p.u. Current IP p.u.
VOB
Bug fixing: On the Detachable HMI, the Spanish character set was displayed instead of the selected French character set.
P139-307-411/412/413-614 -719 Release: 04.09.2008
Hardware
No changes
No changes
Bug fixing: A communications fault occurred when fast successive command signals were received (SPCs system / SPCOx).
CBF
Bug fixing: A bug occurring upon initialization of 3-phase startup has been fixed.
U-4

(continued)
Version P139-308-414/415/416-615 Release: 30.04.2009 Hardware
Changes The following three new binary I/O modules are now available as ordering options: Bi6Bo6H: Binary module with 6 binary signal inputs and 6 high-power contacts Bo4H: Binary module with 4 high-power contacts Bi6Bo3: Binary module with 6 binary signal inputs and 3 output relays The updated connection diagrams include the wiring configuration for the new binary I/O modules. P139 -414 (for case 40TE, pin-terminal connection) P139 -415 (for case 40TE, CT/VT ring-, all other modules pin-terminal connection) P139 -416 (for case 84TE, ring-terminal connection) Bug fixing: All parameters of function group FKEY (which is not supported by this device) were removed. (Since the HMI of the P139 does not have any function keys, these parameters were invalid.) New parameter for the hold-time of the measured values display. (031 072) LOC: H o l d - t . m e a s . v . d i s p l Range: 1 to 60 seconds. The default value is blocked, so that the behavior is backwardcompatible (i.e. the new functionality is deactivated). Functionality: On the Bay Panel, one can select the previous or next configured measured value by pressing the Up or Down key, respectively. This works exactly like before. The new feature is that always after the set time the display automatically steps forward to the next value. If the parameter is set to blocked, the selected measured value is always displayed. Bug fixing: The password display mode during start-up was not supported. COMM1 Communications protocol IEC 60870-5-103: When checking during test operations it is now possible to trigger signals (SIG) and contact positions (DEV) from the control part (previously only possible from the protection part). These new addresses were added: Oper/CtrlTest/COMM1 (221 105) C O M M 1 : S e l . p o s . d e v . t e s t (221 106) C O M M 1 : T e s t p o s i t i o n d e v . Not assigned DEV01 to DEV10 don't execute execute open execute close execute intermed.
Diagram
Software
LOC
Bug fixing: Communications protocol DNP3: Contact positions were transmitted twice.
P139/EN AD/Ab9 // AFSV.12.10360 EN /// P139-308-414/415/416-615
U-5

(continued)
Version MAIN
Changes Measured operating values are now also calculated during a general starting condition and no longer set to "Not measured". New addresses with a 32 bit measured value display have been added for the 4 energy measured values: (008 065) M A I N : A c t . e n e r g y o u t p . p r i m 0 ... 6.553.500,00 MWh (008 066) M A I N : A c t . e n e r g y i n p . p r i m 0 ... 6.553.500,00 MWh (008 067) R e a c t . e n . o u t p . p r i m 0 ... 6.553.500,00 Mvar h (008 068) R e a c t . e n . i n p . p r i m 0 ... 6.553.500,00 Mvar h The 4 addresses with the 16 bit display and overrun counter have been removed. V<> The setting range for Vneg> and Vneg>> has been extended. New setting range: 0.02 to 1.5 Vnom/3 (previously: 0.2 to 1.5 Vnom/3). This affects the following parameters: V<>: Vneg> PSx V<>: Vneg>> PSx User-defined names can now be used as device identifiers. In the parameter D E V x x : D e s i g n a t . e x t . d e v . , the new option Device Name User is available. Then the text for the device's name, entered by the user at each of the D E V x x : D E V - N a m e U s e r parameters, will be used as the devices designation. (The maximum length is 4 characters, as with the fixed identifiers. Any longer text entered is truncated to 4 characters internally.) The following parameters are new: (218 101) D E V 0 1 : D E V - N a m e U s e r to (218 110) D E V 1 0 : D E V - N a m e U s e r
DEV01 ... DEV10
U-6
P139/EN AD/Ab9 // AFSV.12.10360 EN /// P139-308-414/415/416-615
P139/EN AD/Ab9 // AFSV.12.10360 EN /// P139-308-414/415/416-615
U-7
www.schneider-electric.com Publication: P139/EN AD/Ab9 // AFSV.12.10360 D /// P139-308-414/415/416-615
MiCOM P139
Feeder Management and Bay Control P139/EN AD/Ac9 (AFSV.12.10380 D)
Version => P139 P139 -308 -308 -414/415/416 -615 -414/415/416 -616
In the new version of the P139 several enhanced features and changes on existing features have been included. These are described with reference to the Technical Manuals listed below. References Release 13.08.2008 01.06.2009 Version P139-307-411/412/413-614 P139-308-414/415/416-615 Documentation Technical Manual AFSV.12.10172 D Upgrade Documentation AFSV.12.10360 EN
P139/EN AD/Ac9 // AFSV.12.10380 EN /// P139-308-414/415/416-616
U-3

(continued)
1 Version P139-308-414/415/416-616 Release: 01.06.2009
Overview Changes
Hardware
No changes
Diagram Software
No changes Bug fixing: For those data point which allow for setting options dependent on the fitted modules, slot 18 was visible for 40 TE cases, too, although this particular slot does not exist for this case size.
LOC
Bug fixing: The Detachable HMI could freeze in case of a warm restart with activated LED reset. During operation with no (D)HMI connected to the device the processing cycle frequently got prolonged to about 100 ... 150 ms. An external LED reset with a device selected in the control panel could deactivate the flashing of the selected device on the display. After an external LED reset some characters could be displayed incorrectly or not at all.
U-4
P139/EN AD/Ac9 // AFSV.12.10380 EN /// P139-308-414/415/416-616
P139/EN AD/Ac9 // AFSV.12.10380 EN /// P139-308-414/415/416-616
U-5
www.schneider-electric.com Publication: P139/EN AD/Ac9 // AFSV.12.10380 D /// P139-308-414/415/416-616
MiCOM P139
Feeder Management and Bay Control P139/EN AD/Bka (AFSV.12.10511 EN)
Version => P139 P139 -308 -309 -414/415/416 -630 -414/415/416 -631
P139, Changes in Software Version -630 to -631
Contents
1 Overview P139 -307 -411/412/413 -614 -720 P139 -307 -411/412/413 -614 -721 P139 -308 -414/415/416 -615 P139 -308 -414/415/416 -616 P139 -307 -411/412/413 -614 -722/-723 P139 -309 -414/415/416 -631 U-5 U-5 U-5 U-5 U-7 U-7 U-8
P139/EN AD/Bka // AFSV.12.10511 EN /// P139-309-414/415/416-631
U-3

(continued)
In the new version of the P139 several enhanced features and changes on existing features have been included. These are described with reference to the Technical Manuals listed below. References Released 13.08.2008 09.01.2009 Version P139-307-411/412/413-614 P139-308 -411/412/413/414/415/416 -630 Documentation Manual AFSV.12.10172 D Upgrade Documentation AFSV. 12.10260 D
U-4

(continued)
1 Version
Overview Changes No changes No changes
P139 -307 -411/412/413 Hardware -614 -720 Release: 03.02.2009 Diagram Software LIMIT
Bug fixing: An incorrect operation of Vref>,>>,<,<< has been fixed. The error occured if loop A-G, B-G or C-G was selected as the measurement loop in ASC Vref. Bug fixing: After 15000 close/open commands, the client aborted communication. Bug fixing: Without external clock synchronization there were leaps in the system time. No changes No changes
IEC MAIN
P139 -307 -411/412/413 Hardware -614 -721 Release: 23.04.2009 Diagram Software IEC
Bug fixing: Commands are now rejected with signal Command already in execution, and the position of the circuit breaker contacts is transmitted correctly to the control system.
P139 -308 -414/415/416 -615 Release: 30.04.2009
Hardware
The following three new binary I/O modules are now available as ordering options: Bi6Bo6H: Binary module with 6 binary signal inputs and 6 high-power contacts Bo4H: Binary module with 4 high-power contacts Bi6Bo3: Binary module with 6 binary signal inputs and 3 output relays The updated connection diagrams include the wiring configuration for the new binary I/O modules. P139 -414 (for case 40TE, pin-terminal connection) P139 -415 (for case 40TE, CT/VT ring-, all other modules pin-terminal connection) P139 -416 (for case 84TE, ring-terminal connection) Bug fixing: All parameters belonging to the function group F_KEY (which is not supported by the P139) were removed from the data model. (Since the HMI of the P139 does not have any function keys these parameters were invalid.)
Diagram
Software
U-5

(Fortsetzung)
Version LOC
Changes New parameter for the hold-time of the measured values display. (031 072) LOC: H o l d - t . m e a s . v . d i s p l Range: 1 to 60 seconds. The default value is Blocked, so that the behavior is backwardcompatible (i.e. the new functionality is deactivated). Functionality: On the Bay Panel, one can select the previous or next configured measured value by pressing the Up or Down key, respectively. This works exactly like before. The new feature is that always after the set time the display automatically steps forward to the next value. If the parameter is set to Blocked, the selected measured value is always displayed. Bug fixing: The password display mode during start-up was not supported. COMM1 Communications protocol IEC 60870-5-103: When checking during test operations it is now possible to trigger signals (SIG) and contact positions (DEV) from the control part (previously only possible from the protection part). These new addresses have been added: Oper/CtrlTest/COMM1 (221 105) C O M M 1 : S e l . p o s . d e v . t e s t (221 106) C O M M 1 : T e s t p o s i t i o n d e v . Not assigned DEV01 to DEV10 don't execute execute open execute close execute intermed.
Bug fixing: Communications protocol DNP3: Contact positions were transmitted twice. MAIN Measured operating values are now also calculated during a general starting condition and no longer set to "Not measured". New addresses with a 32 bit measured value display have been added for the 4 energy measured values: (008 065) M A I N : A c t . e n e r g y o u t p . p r i m 0 ... 6.553.500,00 MWh (008 066) M A I N : A c t . e n e r g y i n p . p r i m 0 ... 6.553.500,00 MWh (008 067) R e a c t . e n . o u t p . p r i m 0 ... 6.553.500,00 Mvar h (008 068) R e a c t . e n . i n p . p r i m 0 ... 6.553.500,00 Mvar h The 4 addresses with the 16 bit display and overrun counter have been removed.
U-6

(continued)
Version V<>
Changes The setting range for Vneg> and Vneg>> has been extended. New setting range: 0.02 to 1.5 Vnom/3 (previously: 0.2 to 1.5 Vnom/3). This affects the following parameters: V<>: Vneg> PSx V<>: Vneg>> PSx User-defined names can now be used as device identifiers. In the parameter D E V x x : D e s i g n a t . e x t . d e v . , the new option Device Name User is available. With this selection, the text for the device's name, entered by the user at each of the D E V x x : D E V - N a m e U s e r parameters, will be used as the devices designation. (The maximum length is 4 characters, as with the fixed identifiers. Longer text entries are truncated to 4 characters internally.) The following parameters are new: (218 101) D E V 0 1 : D E V - N a m e U s e r to (218 110) D E V 1 0 : D E V - N a m e U s e r
DEV01 ... DEV10
P139 -308 -414/415/416 -616 Release: 01.06.2009
Hardware
No changes
Diagram Software
No changes Bug fixing: For those data points where the user can select from setting options which are dependent on the fitted modules, slot 18 was visible for 40 TE cases, too, although this particular slot does not exist for this case size.
LOC
Bug fixing: The Detachable HMI could freeze in case of a warm restart with activated LED reset. During operation with no (D)HMI connected to the device the processing cycle frequently got prolonged to about 100 ... 150 ms. An external LED reset with a device selected in the control panel could deactivate the flashing of the selected device on the display. After an external LED reset some characters could be displayed incorrectly or not at all.
P139 -307 -411/412/413 Hardware -614 -722/-723 Release: 02.09.2009 Diagram Software IEC
No changes No changes
Bug fixing: Contact position is transmitted correctly after a cancel command. The cause of the Undefined opcode message that appeared during a switch command was resolved.
U-7

(Fortsetzung)
Version P139 -309 -414/415/416 -631 Release: 19.01.2010 Diagram Software LOGIC LOC Hardware
Changes As a further ordering option the Chinese character set is now available for the HMI. No changes
Increase of the number of logic inputs from 16 to 40. Recording of motor startups: During a motor startup, the time taken for the startup, the startup current and the startup heating can be displayed on the Operation Panel. Parameters: OL_DA: T.taken f.startup,MP OL_DA: Start-up current, MP OL_DA: Heat.dur.start-up,MP (005 096) (005 097) (005 098)
The names of busbars and BB-sections can now be edited by the user. One has to select BB-User Name for Designation busbar # or BB_Sect.User Name for Designat. bus sect.#, respectively. Then the user name is entered as text value of the respective parameter Busbar#-NameUser/BB Sect.#-NameUser. The maximum length of 4 characters equals the previously supported fixed names. Parameters: LOC: Busbar1-NameUser LOC: Busbar2-NameUser LOC: Busbar3-NameUser LOC: BB Sect.1-NameUser LOC: BB Sect.2-NameUser MAIN (218 191) (218 192 (218 193) (218 195) (218 196)
The phase sequence for the current, given by the active parameter subset with the setting at MAIN: Phase reversal I PSx (010 200, 010 201, 010 202, 010 203), may be reversed by triggering a binary signal input configured at MAIN: Phase reversal I EXT (007 248). To enable the function a phase sequence for normal operation must be set in the parameter. (Setting selection: A-B swapped, B-C swapped, C-A swapped.) The default setting is No swap, which disables the function. Note: Designed for motor protection applications with 'left/right' motor rotation control by phase reversal with parallel circuit breakers (one CB with phase reversal). Here the voltage is measured on the busbar side and the current down-stream between CB and motor. Dependent on the operating mode the current can therefore be measured in phase reversal to the voltage.
U-8

(continued)
Version DTOC
Changes The 'IN Measured' or 'IN Calculated' setting, which was previously available only globally for all three residual current stages IN>, IN>> and IN>>> together, can now be set individually for each residual current stage. Parameters: DTOC: Eval. IN>> PSx
DTOC: Eval. IN>>> PSx
(007 239, 007 240, 007 241, 007 242) (007 243, 007 244, 007 245, 007 246)
The setting parameter previously valid for all three residual current stages DTOC: Eval. IN>, >>, >>> PSx (072 128, 073 128, 074 128, 075 128) has been renamed to DTOC: Eval. IN> PSx and will now only operate with the first residual current stage. DTOC, IDMT1 Applies to direction-dependent starting / tripping: The new parameters permit the selection whether the timer stages for phase or residual current stages are triggered with a starting or directiondependent ('With direction'). The default for the parameter is the previous 'With starting' standard setting. Parameters: DTOC: Mode Timer start PSx (002 138, 002 139, 002 142, 002 143) IDMT1: Mode Timer start PSx (007 226, 007 227, 007 228, 007 229) DTOC, IDMT1, IDMT2 DTOC, IDMT The inrush stabilization has been extended by D T O C : I N > and IDMT: Iref,N. When a phase starting is present then a subsequent triggering of the inrush stabilization is not taken into account anymore. Note: When a change from a single-pole fault to a two-phase fault or from a two-phase fault to a three-phase fault occurred it was possible that, because of transients during the change, the inrush stabilization was momentarily triggered which would reset the starting and the timer. IDMT1 For all IP, Ineg and IN types of characteristics the enable threshold for the IDMT1 protection starting can now be set with the factor KI (values range: 1 to 10) dependent on Iref. This factor KI will result in a linear shifting of the enable threshold along the X-axis of the respective characteristic. The factor will not result in a shifting of the characteristic itself. Parameters: IDMT1: Factor KI, P IDMT1: Factor KI, neg IDMT1: Factor KI, N PSx (007 250, 007 251, 007 252, 007 253) PSx (007 254, 007 255, 008 002, 008 005) PSx (001 173, 001 174, 001 175, 001 176) U-9

(Fortsetzung)
Version SCDD SCDD
Changes Enhanced tripping times with short-circuit direction determination. Short-circuit direction determination has been extended for the DTOC stages I>>> and IN>>>. Parameters: SCDD: Direction tI>>> PSx (007 230, 007 231, 007 232, 007 233) SCDD: Direction tIN>>> PSx (007 235, 007 236, 007 237, 007 238) ASC Function ASC now provides a choice as to whether the CB operating time (tCB), as configured at Function Parameters/Global/MAIN, is to be taken into account for the precisely synchronized reclosure (AR) or not. Parameters: MAIN: tCB, close (000 032); values range: 0.06s to 1s A S C : A R w i t h t C B P S x (000 038, 000 039, 000 050, 000 051) FT_RC An additional analog recording channel for the frequency has been implemented. Parameter: FT_RC: Rec. analog chann.10 Default is Without, optional setting is fnom. CBM The correction acquisition time can now be set separately to be triggered by the open command and by the position signal issued by the CB auxiliary contacts. Differing inherent delay times from the two command chains can now be configured independently of each other so as to achieve optimum time adjustment. Parameter: CBM: C o r r . a c q u i . t i m e t r i p (007 249) values range: 0 to 0.2s (035 169)
The previous common selection parameter C B M : C o r r . a c q u i s . t i m e (022 018) values range: (-0.2s to 0.2s) has been renamed to L S : C o r r . a c q u . t . C B s i g . and is now only a correction acquisition time value affecting the position signal issued by the CB auxiliary contacts SFMON The S F M O N : T G F D m o n . t r i g g e r e d signal is now no longer permanently listed in the alarm signal list. Depending on the application this signal can now be configured using parameter (021 030) S F M O N : F c t . a s s i g n . w a r n i n g
U-10

(continued)
Version DEVxx
Changes User-defined names can now be used as device identifiers. In the parameter D E V x x : D e s i g n a t . e x t . d e v . , the new option Device Name User is available. Then the text for the device's name, entered by the user at each of the D E V x x : D E V - N a m e U s e r parameters, will be used as the devices designation. (The maximum length is 4 characters, as with the fixed identifiers. Longer text entries are truncated to 4 characters internally.) The following parameters are new: (218 101) D E V 0 1 : D E V - N a m e U s e r to (218 110) D E V 1 0 : D E V - N a m e U s e r V<> The minimum value for the parameters below was changed from 0.2 to 0.02: V<>: Vneg> PSx (076 023, 077 023, 078 023, 079 023) V<>: Vneg>> PSx (076 024, 077 024, 078 024, 079 024) Change of label text for the reference voltage (separate input) from Vnom to Vref,nom. MAIN The values range for the 3 power measured values has been expanded: (005 025) M A I N : A p p a r . p o w e r S p r i m . -3,199.9 3,200 MVA (004 050) M A I N : A c t i v e p o w e r P p r i m . -3,199.9 3,200 MW (004 052) M A I N : R e a c . p o w e r Q p r i m . -3,199.9 3,200 Mvar In case of parameter switching (e.g. via LIMIT) the number of permitted motor startups (3/2 2/1) is now correctly detected. The thermal replica, however, is lost in this case. Bug fixing: The contact position is now shown correctly for 3pos circuit breakers. Bug fixing: Comtrade in ASCII-format; fault selection in IEC 61850 did not work correctly. The first configured element was not transmitted in GOOSE.
MP
BTC IEC
U-11
U-12
www.schneider-electric.com Publication: P139/EN AD/Bka // AFSV.12.10511 EN /// P139-309-414/415/416-631
MiCOM P139
Feeder Management and Bay Control P139/EN AD/Ad9 (AFSV.12.10570 D)
Version => P139 P139 -308 -308 -414/415/416 -616 -414/415/416 -617 -727
P139, Changes in software version -616 to -617-727
In the new version of the P139 several enhanced features and changes on existing features have been included. These are described with references to the Technical Manual listed below. References Released 13.08.2008 Version P139-307-411/412/413-614 Documentation Technical Manual P139/EN M/Ea8 (AFSV.12.10172 D) Upgrade Documentation P139/EN AD/Ab9 (AFSV.12.10360 D) Upgrade Documentation P139/EN AD/Ac9 (AFSV.12.10380 D)
01.06.2009
P139-308-414/415/416-615
01.06.2009
P139-308-414/415/416-616
Note: The software versions P139-61x described in this documentation constitute a product line that was developed independent to versions P139-63x and is therefore documented separately. (The main difference is that the device versions with software versions P139-63x feature the phase 2 implementation of function group IEC whereas software versions P139-61x continue with the phase 1 implementation.)
P139/EN AD/Ad9 // AFSV.12.10570 D /// P139-308-414/415/416-617-727
U-3

(continued)
Overview Changes
Hardware Diagram Software IEC
No change No change Bug fixing: After an abort command with a wrong frame format the state of external devices was no longer transmitted. The cause for the signal Undefined opcode during rapid successive switching commands has been fixed. During a warm restart incorrect date and time data (initialization values) were transmitted for a short time.
MP
When switching between parameter subsets (e.g. via LIMIT) the number of permitted motor startups (3/2 2/1) is now determined accurately However the thermal replica is lost in this case. The ARC counter is reset with a supply voltage drop.
ARC
U-4
P139/EN AD/Ad9 // AFSV.12.10570 D /// P139-308-414/415/416-617-727

(continued)
Version P139-308-414/415/416-617 Release: 05.07.2010 Hardware Diagram Software MAIN
Changes No change No change In the case of direct motor control by motor relay K200 (see Figure 5-14 in the Technical Manual P139 -614) monitoring has been modified. Should the K200 contacts not have reopened during an end command to the motor when the set monitoring time-delay had expired (monitoring via binary signal input U 706, signal S I G _ 1 : S i g n a l S 0 1 2 E X T as the standard setting) then, with previous P139 software versions, the relay control contacts would open. This reaction by the P139 (the previous permanent feature) would result in an end command being issued to the motor and thereby preventing an undefined circuit breaker contact position, however such would bear the danger of contact burn. By setting the new selection parameter (221 111) M A I N : C m d . e n d f . K 2 0 0 f a i l . it is now possible to select whether the previous reaction (setting = 'Yes') or a new behavior (setting = 'No') is effected. This new implementation has the P139 issue respective fault signals when the monitoring time-delay has expired and the relay control contacts will remain closed. (Note: This new feature still bears the danger of an undefined circuit breaker contact position!) For this the following new logic state signals have been added: (221 108) M A I N : K 2 0 0 f a i l . c m d . e n d - This signal is issued if the K200 contacts have not reopened after the set monitoring time-delay has elapsed. (221 109) M A I N : K 2 0 0 f a i l . c m d . start - This signal is issued if the K200 contacts have not closed after the set monitoring time-delay has elapsed. (221 110) M A I N : D E V o p . t i m e e x c e e d e d - This fault signal is issued (as a group signal) when no positive position signal (status signal) has been received from the external device after it has been issued a close command and the set running time-delay has elapsed. For further processing each of these new fault signals may be configured to selection parameters from the function groups LED (assignment to LED indicators), OUTP (assignment to output relays), LOGIC (processing by the programmable logic function), COMMx / IEC / GOOSE (signaling via the control system) or they may be mapped to the signal panel as an alarm signal. Acknowledging from the local control panel HMI is done by pressing the CLEAR (C) key.
P139/EN AD/Ad9 // AFSV.12.10570 D /// P139-308-414/415/416-617-727
U-5

(continued)
Version MAIN
Changes The four 16 bit energy measured values, that existed up to (and including) software version P139 -614 to be replaced by 32 bit energy measured values with software version P139 -615, have been reintroduced, so that as of now, both the 16-bit and 32-bit values are available. (005 061) M A I N : A c t . e n e r g y o u t p . p r i m (005 062) M A I N : A c t . e n e r g y i n p . p r i m (005 063) M A I N : R e a c t . e n . o u t p . p r i m (005 064) M A I N : R e a c t . e n . i n p . p r i m Freely selectable designations (similar to user defined external device designations implemented with P139 -615) may now be assigned to busbars and busbar sections. The designation wanted may be defined as open text at: (218 191) L O C : B u s b a r 1 N a m e b y U s e r (218 192) L O C : B u s b a r 2 N a m e b y U s e r (218 193) L O C : B u s b a r 3 N a m e b y U s e r (218 195) L O C : B B S e c t . 1 N a m e U s e r (218 196) L O C : B B S e c t . 2 N a m e U s e r Bug fixing: The display Local/Remote in fields with the three position switches was sometimes incorrect.
LOC
P139-308-414/415/416-614 -725 Release: 15.07.2010
No change No change Bug fixing: During a warm restart incorrect date and time data (initialization values) was transmitted for a short time. It could occur sometimes that when the Ethernet switch was turned on the Ethernet communication would not set in.
P139-308-414/415/416-617 -727 Release: 20.08.2010
Hardware Diagram Software LOC
No change No change Bug fixing: When the ENTER key was pressed immediately after a cold restart incorrect symbols could appear below the menu text on the display. Bug fixing: During a warm restart incorrect date and time data (initialization values) was transmitted for a short time. It could occur sometimes that when the Ethernet switch was turned on the Ethernet communication would not set in. Switching between parameter subsets could sometimes lead to an interruption of communications.
IEC
U-6
P139/EN AD/Ad9 // AFSV.12.10570 D /// P139-308-414/415/416-617-727

(continued)
P139/EN AD/Ad9 // AFSV.12.10570 D /// P139-308-414/415/416-617-727
U-7
www.schneider-electric.com Publication: P139/EN AD/Ad9 // AFSV.12.10570 D /// P139-308-414/415/416-617
MiCOM P139
Feeder Management and Bay Control P139/EN AD/Ama (AFSV.12.10580 D)
Version => P139 P139 -309 -309 -414/415/416 -631 -414/415/416 -632
P139, Changes in software version -631 to -632
In the new version of the P139 several enhanced features and changes on existing features have been included. These are described with references to the Technical Manual listed below. References Released 13.08.2008 Version P139 -307 -411/412/413 -614 Documentation Technical Manual P139/EN M/Ea8 (AFSV.12.10172 D) Upgrade Documentation P139/EN AD/Ak9 (AFSV.12.10260 D) Upgrade Documentation P139/EN AD/Bka (AFSV.12.10511 D)
09.01.2009
P139 -308 -414/415/416 -630
19.01.2010
P139 -309 -414/415/416 -631
Note: The software versions P139-61x constitute a product line that was developed independent to versions described in this documentation and is therefore documented separately. (The main difference is that the device versions with software versions P139-63x feature the phase 2 implementation of function group IEC whereas software versions P139-61x continue with the phase 1 implementation.)
P139/EN AD/Ama // AFSV.12.10580 D /// P139-309-414/415/416-632
U-3

(continued)
Overview Changes
Hardware
No change
No change
Bug fixing: Measured values were not always updated in GOOSE messages. The position of switchgear units (XSWI,XCBR) was transmitted by GOOSE with the attribute invalid. During a warm restart incorrect date and time data (initialization values) was transmitted for a short time.
CBF
Bug fixing: The associated signal C B F : C u r r e n t f l o w P h x would sometimes jitter during an open command. No change
P139-309-414/415/416-632 Release: 24.08.2010
Hardware
Diagram Software IEC MAIN
No change
Bug fixing: The IEC 61850 signal RBRF1 OpEx was not detected correctly. The four 16-bit energy measured values, that existed up to (and including) software version P139 -614 and that were to be replaced by 32-bit energy measured values with software version -630 (or -615), have been re-introduced, so that as of now, both the 16-bit and 32-bit values are available. (005 061) M A I N : A c t . e n e r g y o u t p . p r i m (005 062) M A I N : A c t . e n e r g y i n p . p r i m (005 063) M A I N : R e a c t . e n . o u t p . p r i m (005 064) M A I N : R e a c t . e n . i n p . p r i m
U-4
P139/EN AD/Ama // AFSV.12.10580 D /// P139-309-414/415/416-632

(continued)
Version LOC
Changes The descriptive text in English for the following parameters has been changed: (218 192) L O C : B u s b a r 2 - N a m e U s e r Engl.: L O C : B u s b a r 2 N a m e b y U s e r (218 193) L O C : B u s b a r 3 - N a m e U s e r Engl.: L O C : B u s b a r 3 N a m e b y U s e r The previous English descriptive texts L O C : B u s b a r # - N a m e U s e r , # = 2,3 differed from those used for L O C : B u s b a r 1 N a m e b y U s e r which made harmonization necessary. The German descriptive texts and their functionality remain unchanged. Bug fixing: In case of a cold restart incorrect symbols could appear for a short time on the display. The display Local/Remote in fields with the three position switches was sometimes incorrect. SCDD Bug fixing: In operating mode S C D D : V N G > P S x = 'Measured', the enabling threshold was not considered correctly. No change No change Bug fixing: During a warm/cold restart incorrect position signals for external devices could be transmitted up to the time when the respective correct positions had been determined and transmitted. Single-pole commands were rejected with the 'R & L <-> L' operating mode .
P139-308-414/415/416-614 -728 Release: 17.09.2010
P139/EN AD/Ama // AFSV.12.10580 D /// P139-309-414/415/416-632
U-5
www.schneider-electric.com Publication: P139/EN AD/Ama // AFSV.12.10580 D /// P139-309-414/415/416-632
Customer Care Centre

http://www.schneider-electric.com/CCC
www.schneider-electric.com Publication: P139/EN M/Bma Version: -614 -630 -615 -616 -631 -617 -632, Vol. 2

p139 en M Bma 614-617-632 Vol 2

Diunggah oleh

Informasi Dokumen

Deskripsi Asli:

Judul Asli

Hak Cipta

Format Tersedia

Bagikan dokumen Ini

Bagikan atau Tanam Dokumen

Opsi Berbagi

Apakah menurut Anda dokumen ini bermanfaat?

Apakah konten ini tidak pantas?

Hak Cipta:

Format Tersedia

p139 en M Bma 614-617-632 Vol 2

Diunggah oleh

Hak Cipta:

Format Tersedia

MiCOM P139

Feeder Management and Bay Control P139/EN M/Bma

Technical Manual Volume 2 of 2

A Glossary B Signal List C List of Bay Types D Overview of Changes

Terminal Connection Diagrams: See Volume 1, Chapter 5 Installation and Connection.

P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

MAIN: Inom Device [ 010 003 ] D5Z08X5B

P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

Dynamic input Only the transition from value 0 to value 1 is effective.

P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

Special symbol Output relay in normally-energized arrangement (closed-circuit operation).

P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

Description PC interface with pin connections

P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

Examples of Signal Names

P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

Appendix B - List of signals

Appendix B - List of signals

P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

Appendix B - List of signals

Appendix B - List of signals

Appendix B - List of signals

Figure 3-221 3-223 3-221 3-231 3-234 3-231

P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

Appendix B - List of signals

Telecontrol Interface per EN 60870-5-101 or IEC 870-5-101 (Companion Standard)

See National Preface of EN 60870-5-101.

Appendix B - List of signals

Physical Layer 2 (Network-Specific Parameters)

P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

Appendix B - List of signals

Link Layer 4(Network-Specific Parameters)

See National Preface of EN 60870-5-101. Balanced only.

Appendix B - List of signals

See National Preface of EN 60870-5-101. B-9

P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

Appendix B - List of signals

P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

Appendix B - List of signals

<17> <18> <19> <20> <21>

M_EP_TA_1 ME_EP_TB_1 M_EP_TC_1 M_PS_NA_1 M_ME_ND_1

P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

Appendix B - List of signals

Incorrectly identified with control direction in IEC 870-5-101.

Appendix B - List of signals

P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

Appendix B - List of signals

P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

Appendix B - List of signals

Basic Application Functions10

Station Initialization (Station-Specific Parameter) x Remote initialization

Clock Synchronization (Station-Specific Parameter) x Clock synchronization

See National Preface of EN 60870-5-101. B-15

P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614